Hoover ATDH11A2TKERXM-S User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for ATDH11A2TKERXM-S by Hoover which is a product in the Tumble Dryers category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
PL
CZ
SK
EL SLHR
BG
2
SPIS TREŚCI
PROSZĘ dokładnie zapoznać się z instrukcją
i zgodnie z nią użytkować pralkę. Niniejszy
poradnik zawiera ważne informacje
d ot y c z ą c e b e z p i e c z n e j i n s t a l a c j i ,
użytkowania, konserwacji oraz porady, jak
osiągnąć najlepsze wyniki podczas
korzystania z urządzenia. Dokumentacja
urządzenia powinna być zabezpieczona na
wypadek konieczności skorzystania z niej w
przyszłości, jak i dla kolejnych jej posiadaczy
Keep all documentation in a safe place for
future reference or for any future owners.
PROSZĘ sprawdzić, czy następujące pozycje
zostały dostarczone wraz z urządzeniem:
● Instrukcja obsługi
● Karta gwarancyjna
● Informacja o zużyciu energii
Niezastosowanie się do powyższego
może wpłynąć na bezpieczeństwo korzystania
z suszarki. Jeżeli problem związany z
urządzeniem wynika z niewłaściwego
użytkowania, za wezwanie serwisu może
zostać pobrana opłata.Sprawdzić, czy nie
nastąpiło uszkodzenie urządzenia podczas
transportu. Jeżeli tak się stało, należy
wezwać serwis GIAS.
Poprzez umieszczenie oznaczenia na
tym produkcie poświadczamy na własną
o d p o w i e d z i a l n o ś ć p rz es tr ze g a n i e
wszystkich wymogów europejskich
dotyczących bezpieczeństwa, ochrony
zdrowia i środowiska określonych w
przepisach dla tego produktu.
1. BEZPIECZEŃSTWO
2. INSTALACJA PRZEWODU
ODPROWADZAJĄCEGO
3. PRZYGOTOWANIE
ŁADUNKU
4. CZYSZCZENIE I
KONSERWACJA
5. POJEMNIK NA WODĘ
6. DRZWICZKI I FILTR
7. STEROWANIE I
WSKAŹNIKI
8. WYBÓR PROGRAMU
SUSZENIA
9. ROZWIĄZYWANIE
PROBLEMÓW
1. BEZPIECZEŃSTWO
3
PL
●Urządzenie to może być
użytkowane przez dzieci 8-letnie i
starsze oraz przez osoby o
ograniczonych zdolnościach
f i z y c z n y c h , c z u c i ow yc h i
umysłowych lub niemające
doświadczenia i wiedzy, pod
w a r u n k i e m , ż e b ę d ą
nadzorowane lub pouczone
o d n o ś n i e b e z p i e c z n e g o
użytkowania i że rozumieją
n ie b e z p i e c z e ń s t w a , ja k i e
wynikają z użytkowania takiego
sprzętu.
Należy unikać możliwości zabawy
przez dzieci przy użyciu pralki lub
jej czyszczenia czy konserwacji
bez nadzoru.
●OSTRZEŻENIE Nieprawidłowe
użytkowanie suszarki bębnowej
m o że s p o w o d o w a ć
niebezpieczeństwo pożaru.
●Urządzenie to przeznaczone jest
do użytku domowego i w
podobnych warunkach, dla
przykładu:
- w strefach wypoczynku, na
terenie sklepów, w biurach lub
innych miejscach pracy;
- w g o s p o d a r s t w a c h
agroturystycznych;
- dla klientów hoteli, moteli lub
innych podobnych centrach
pobytowych;
- w ośrodkach typu Bed &
Breakfast.
Użytkowanie sprzętu odmienne
niż typowe dla domowego, jak na
p r z y k ł a d p r o f e s j o n a l n e
użytkowanie przez osoby
przeszkolone i specjalistów,
jest zabronione także w
miejscach wyżej opisanych.
Użytkowanie niezgodne z
opisanym może zredukować
t r w a ł o ś ć p r o d u k t u i
spowodować utratę gwarancji
p r o d u c e n t a . W s z e l k i e
uszkodzenia urządzenia czy
innych elementów, wynikające
z użytkowania innego niż
domowego (także, kiedy sprzęt
z a i n s t a l o w a n y j e s t w
środowisku domowym) w
oparciu o istniejące prawo nie
b ę d ą u z n a n e p r z e z
Producenta.
●Urządzenie służy do
zastosowań w gospodarstwie
domowym, do suszenia tkanin I
odzieży.
●Urządzenie powinno być
użytkowane zgodnie z jego
przeznaczeniem opisanym w
instrukcji. Przed rozpoczęciem
obsługi urządzenia należy
upewnić się, że instrukcje
instalacji i eksploatacji zostały
dobrze zrozumiane.
●Nie dotykać urządzenia
wilgotnymi rękami lub nogami.
● Nie opierać się o drzwiczki
p o d c z a s ła d o w a n i a
urządzenia, nie podnosić ani
nie przesuwać urządzenia
przez pociąganie za drzwiczki.
Instalacja
●Nie używać przejściówek,
rozgałęźników ani przedłużaczy.
●Suszarka nie powinna być
instalowana w pobliżu zasłon i
należy upewnić się, aby żadne
przedmioty nie spadały pod, czy
zbierały się za suszarką.
●Zabronione jest ustawianie
urządzenia za drzwiami z
m o ż l i w o ś c i ą z a m k n i ę c i a ,
drzwiami przesuwnymi oraz
drzwiami z zawiasami po stronie
przeciwnej względem suszarki..
4
WAŻNE: suszarkę należy
t r a n s p o r t o w a ć w p o z y c j i
pionowej, w razie konieczności
można ją przechylić jedynie na
stronę pokazaną na rysunku:
UWAGA: jeżeli suszarka została
przechylona w niewłaściwą stronę
należy ustawić ją pionowo i
odczekać minimum 4 godziny
p r z e d w ł ą c z e n i e m . N i e
przestrzeganie tego zalecenia
może skutkować uszkodzeniem
suszarki.
● Nie dopuszczać, aby dzieci
bawiły się urządzeniem oraz jego
pokrętłami.
●OSTRZEŻENIE Nie używać
wyrobu jeśli filtr kłaczków jest nie
na s w o i m m i e j s c u l u b
uszkodzony; kłaczki mogą
spowodować zapalenie.
●OSTRZEŻENIE Tam gdzie
umieszczony jest symbol gorącej
powierzchni może nastąpić
wzrost temperatury powyżej
60°C podczas pracy suszarki
bębnowej.
● Wyjąć wtyczkę ze źródła
zasilania. Zawsze wyjmować
wtyczkę przed czyszczeniem
urządzenia.
5
● W suszarce bębnowej nie należy
suszyć ubrań niewypranych.
●OSTRZEŻENIE Nie suszyć tkanin
pranych płynami do czyszczenia
chemicznego.
●OSTRZEŻENIE Materiały z gumy
piankowej mogą w pewnych
o k o l i c z n o śc i a c h , w s k u t e k
nagrzania, samorzutnie się zapalić.
ZABRONIONE JEST suszenie w
suszarce bębnowej takich rzeczy,
jak gumy piankowe (pianki
lateksowe), czepki pod prysznic,
materiały wodoodporne, ubrania
podgumowane oraz ubrania i
poduszki z wkładkami z gumy
Piankowej.
● Przy suszeniu należy zawsze
kierować się zaleceniami nt. prania
odzieży.
●Ubranie powinno być odwirowane
lub dokładnie wykręcone przed
umieszczeniem w suszarce. NIE
wkładać ubrań ociekających wodą
do suszarki.
●Nie należy pozostawiać w
kieszeniach zapalniczek czy
zapałek oraz NIE używać łatwo
palnych płynów w pobliżu suszarki.
●Zasłony z włókna sztucznego NIE
powinny być wkładane do tego
u r z ąd z e n i a . O d z i e ż
za n iec z ys z czo n a w łó k nem
szklanym może powodować
podrażnienie skóry.
●Rzeczy, które zostały zabrudzone
takimi substancjami, jak olej jadalny,
aceton, alkohol,benzyna, kerosen,
Pranie
odplamiacze, terpentyna, woski i
środki usuwające wosk, powinny
przed rozpoczęciem suszenia
zostać wyprane w gorącej
w o d z i e z d u ż ą i l o ś c i ą
detergentów.
●Środki zmiękczające tkaniny i
podobne produkty należy
stosować zgodnie z instrukcjami.
WENTYLACJA
●W p o m i e s z c z e n i u
umiejscowi e n i a s u s z a r k i
bębnowej należy zapewnić
odpowiednią wentylację, aby
podczas pracy suszarki gazy
powstałe przy spalaniu innych
paliw, np. z kominków nie mogły
d o s t a ć s i ę d o t e g o
pomieszczenia.
●Tylną ścianę suszarki dosunąc
do ści a n y lub piono w e j
powierzchni.
●Należy pozostawić wolne co
najmniej 12 mm pomiedzy
u r z ą d z e n i e m a i n n y m i
przedmiotami. Wloty i wyloty
muszą by ć d r ożne. Dla
zapewnienia prawidłowej
wentylacji przestrzeń pomiędzy
dolną ścianką urzadzenia a
podłogą musi być drożna i wolna
od jakichkolwiek przedmiotów.
●Usuwane powietrze nie
powinno dostać się do
k a n a ł u w e n t y l a c y j n e g o ,
przeznaczonego do
usuwania wyziewów z urządzeń
spalających gaz lub inne paliwa.
●Sprawdzać regularnie, czy jest
PL
Nie instalować urządzenia
w pomieszczeniach o niskiej
temperaturze lub w miejscach,
gdzie może wystapić ryzyko
z a m a r z a n i a . P r z y
temperaturach bliskich granicy
zamarzania urządzenie może
p r z e s t a ć f u n k c j o n o w a ć
poprawnie: istnieje bowiem
poważne ryzyko uszkodzenia,
jeżeli dojdzie do zamarznięcia
w o d y w p r z e w o d a c h
hydraulicznych (zawory, węże,
pompy). Dla zagwarantowania
lepszego działania, temperatura
otoczenia musi być pomiędzy
5- 35°C. Zwracamy uwagę, że
używanie suszarki w niskich
temperaturach (od +2°C do
+ 5 ° C ) m o ż e s k u t k o w a ć
skrapla n i em s i ę w o d y i
okapywaniem wody na podłogę.
6
swobodny przepływ powietrza
przechodzącego przez suszarkę.
●Sprawdzać często filtr i czyscić go
w razie potrzeby.
●Uważać, aby za suszarką nie
gromadziły się przedmioty,
ponieważ mogą one blokować wlot
i wylot powietrza.
●NIGDY nie ustawiać suszarki
bezpośrednio przy zasłonach.
●Do zainstalowania suszarki w
kolumnie na pralce konieczny jest
s p e c j a l n y ł a c z n i k w e d ł u g
nastepujacej specyfikacji.
- Łącznik Mod 35100019: dla pralki
o głebokości minimum 49 cm.
- Łącznik Mod 35100120: dla pralki
o głebokości minimum 51 cm.
K o n i e c z n y j e s t j e d e n z
wymienionych powyzej łaczników,
jest on dostępny w naszej sieci
zajmującej się sprzedażą części
zamiennych. Instrukcja montażu
oraz wszelkie elementy mocujące
dostarczane są w komplecie z
łącznikem.
UWAGA:
urządzenie nie może być
zasilane z zewnętrznego
urządzenia wyłączającego,
takiego jak zegar sterujący,
ani podłączone do obwodu,
który jest często włączany i
wyłączany przez zakład
energetyczny.
Air Outlets in the Base
Ochrona Środowiska
●Wszystkie elementy opakowania są
wykonane z materiałów przyjaznych
środowisku i nadają się do odzysku. Prosimy o
pozbywanie się opakowania w sposób
przyjazny środowisku. Informacje o
aktualnych szczegółach odnośnie do
pozbywania się zużytych urządzeń można
uzyskać u lokalnych władz.
● W celu zapewnienia bezpieczeństwa przy
wyrzucaniu starej suszarki, wyłącz wtyczkę z
gniazdka, odłącz kabel zasilania i zniszcz go
wraz z wtyczką. W celu zapobieżenia
zamknięciu się dzieci w starej pralce, wyłamać
zawiasy lub zamek drzwiczek.
Dyrektywa Europejska 2012/19/EU
To urządzenie jest oznakowane
zgodnie z Dyrektywą Europejską
2012/19/EU on dotyczącą
Zużytego Sprzętu Elektrycznego i
Elektronicznego (WEEE).
WEEE zawiera zarówno substancje
zanieczyszczające (co może spowodować
negatywne skutki dla środowiska naturalnego)
oraz podstawowe elementy (które mogą być
ponownie wykorzystane). Ważne jest, aby
dokonać wszelkich starań w celu usunięcia i
pozb y c i a si ę wł a ś c i w i e ws z y s t kich
zanieczyszczeń oraz odzyskania i recyklingu
wszystkich materiałów.
Osoby fizyczne mogą odgrywać ważną rolę w
zapewnieniu, że WEEE nie stanie się
problemem dla środowiska naturalnego;
istotne jest, aby przestrzegać kilku
podstawowych zasad:
-WEEE nie powinien być traktowany jako
odpad komunalny.
-WEEE należy przekazać do odpowiednich
punktów zbiórki prowadzonych przez gminy lub
przez zarejestrowane firmy. W wielu krajach
duży sprzęt AGD może być odbierany z domu.
W wielu krajach, przy zakupie nowego
urządzenia, stary może być zwrócony do
sprzedawcy, który musi zebrać go bezpłatnie
na zasadzie jeden do jednego, tak długo, jak
sprzęt jest właściwego rodzaju i ma takie same
funkcje, co sprzęt dostarczony.
7
Serwis GIAS
W celu zapewnienia bezpiecznego i
wydajnego użytkowania tego urządzenia
zaleca się przeprowadzać wszelkiego
rodzaju serwis, czy naprawy przez
autoryzowanego serwisanta GIAS.
Wymagania Odnośnie Elektryczności
Suszarki bębnowe są przygotowane do
pracy z prądem 220 240V, 50 Hz. Należy
upewnić się, że natężenie prądu w
obwodzie wynosi przynajmniej 6 A.
Napięcie elektryczne może być skrajnie
niebezpieczne.
Urządzenie to musi być uziemione.
Gniazdko i wtyczka urządzenia muszą
być tego samego typu.
Ni e uży w ać p r ze j ści ó we k ani
przedłużaczy.
Po zainstalowaniu urządzenia wtyczka
powinna być dostępna do odłączenia.
Regulacja Nóżek
P o u s t a w i e n i u
u r z ą d z e n i a n a
m i e j s c u n a l e ż y
upewnić się, że
u r z ą d z en i e j e s t
wypoziomowane.
Jeżeli urządzenie działa nieprawidłowo
lub przestaje działać, należy wyłączyć
zasilanie i wyjąć wtyczkę z gniazda
zasilania. W sprawieewentualnych napraw
należy zgłosić się do serwisu GIAS.
Jeżeli przewód zasilający urządzenie
ulegnie uszkodzeniu, należy go zastąpić
specjalnym przewodem, dostępnym
WYŁ Ą C Z N IE w s e rwisie części
zamiennych. Instalację taką musi
przeprowadzić upoważniona osoba.
Jeżeli problem z urządzeniem wynika
z niewłaściwej instalacji, za wezwanie
serwisu może zostać pobrana opłata.
Nie podłączać urządzenia ani nie
włączaćZasilania do czasu zakończenia
i n s t a l a c j i . D l a z a p e w n i e n i a
bezpieczeństwa suszarka musi być
prawidłowo zainstalowana. W przypadku
jakichkolwiek wątpliwości odnośnie do
instalacji należy skontaktować się
telefonicznie z serwisem GIAS.
PL
●
GWP1430
8
1
2. Instalacja Przewodu
Odprowadzającego
Aby uniknąć konieczności opróżniania zbiornika
na wodę po każdym cyklu suszenia, woda
odbierana podczas cyklu suszenia może być
odprowadzana bezpośrednio do rury kanalizacji
ściekowej (do tego samego systemu kanalizacji,
do którego podłączony jest zlewozmywak).
Przepisy zabraniają podłączania się do systemu
odprowadzania wód powierzchniowych.
Rura systemu kanalizacji ściekowej powinna
znajdować się w pobliżu suszarki kondensacyjnej.
Zestaw obejmuje: 1 wąż, 1 zaślepkę.
UWAGA! Przed przystąpieniem do
jakichkolwiek prac, należy wyłączyć suszarkę
i wyciągnąć wtyczkę z gniazdka zasilania
elektrycznego.
1.Odchylić suszarkę
powoli na jej prawy
bok.
2.Zbiornik na wodê
umieszczony jest po
p r a w e j s t r o n i e
urzadzenia (patrz
rysunek ). Szary waz
podlaczony jest do
kró c c a po lew e j
stronie suszarki. Za
pomoca szczypiec
z d j a c o p a s k ê z
krócca.
3. Zdjąć wąż z króćca.
4. Czarny wąż z
zestawu podłączyć za
pomocą łącznika i
zacisków do węża
zdjętego z króćca.
5 . P r z y p o m o c y
z a ś l e p k i z a t k a ć
pozostały przewód.
6 . U s t a w i ć i
w y p o z i o m o w a ć
urządzenie zwracając
u w a g ę a b y w a ż
odpływowy nie został
p r z y c i ę t y a n i
załamany. Podłączyć
nowy wąż odpływowy
d o k a n a l i z a c j i
ściekowej.
Podłączyć suszarkę
do źródła zasilania
lektrycznego.
2
3
4
5
UWAGA: Jeżeli urządzenie zostało
przechylone na niewłaściwy (lewy) bok
należy ustawić je pionowo i odczekać
minimum 4 godziny przed włączeniem
suszarki. Nie przestrzeganie tego
zalecenia może uszkodzić suszarkę.
Zestaw należy zamontować w następujący sposób:
6
3. PRZYGOTOWANIE ŁADUNKU
Przed pierwszym użyciem suszarki:
● Dokładnie zapoznać się z instrukcją.
● Usunąć wszystkie przedmioty zapakowane w
bębnie.
● Wytrzeć wnętrze bębna i drzwiczki wilgotną
ściereczką, aby usunąć kurz, który mógł się
zebrać podczas transportu.
Sprawdzić, czy pranie przeznaczone do suszenia
może być suszone w suszarce bębnowej,
zgodnie z etykietkami na każdym wyrobie.
Sprawdzić, czy wszystkie zapięcia są zamknięte,
a kieszenie puste. Odwrócić wszystkie wyroby na
lewą stronę. Umieścić ubranie w bębnie luźno,
aby się nie poplątało.
Przygotowanie Ubrań
Nie Suszyć W Suszarce Bębnowej:
Jedwab, tkaniny delikatne, pończochy nylonowe,
delikatne hafty, tkaniny z metalowymi ozdobami,
odzież z ozdobami z tworzywa sztucznego lub
skóry, buty sportowe,przedmioty przestrzenne, takie
jak śpiwory itp.
UWAGA: Nie suszyć wyrobów, które były traktowane
płynami do czyszczenia chemicznego lub rękawic
gumowych (niebezpieczeństw o pożaru lub wybuchu).
Podczas ostatnich 15 minut (w przybliżeniu) wsad jest
zawsze suszony chłodnym powietrzem.
Wkładać do suszarki bębnowej tylko takie
pranie, które zostało dokładnie wykręcone lub
odwirowane. Im bardziej suche pranie, tym
krótszy czas jego suszenia i dzięki temu
oszczędność energii elektrycznej.
ZAWSZE
Suszyć jak największą ilość prania;
oszczędza to czas i energię elektryczną.
●Przed każdym cyklem czyszczenia
sprawdzić
czystość filtra.
NIGDY
● Nie należy przekraczać maksymalnego
ciężaru; spowoduje to stratę czasu i energii
elektrycznej.
●Nie wkładać do suszarki prania
ociekającego wodą,może to doprowadzić od
uszkodzenia urządzenia.
Oszczędność Energii
4.
CZYSZCZENIE I KONSERWACJA
●Po każdym cyklu suszenia należy oczyścić
filtr I opróżnić pojemnik na wodę.
● Czyścić kondensator regularnie.
●Po każdym użytkowaniu wytrzeć wnętrze
bębna I pozostawić otwarte drzwiczki przez
pewien czas, aby pozwolić cyrkulacji
powietrza wysuszyć go.
●Wytrzeć urządzenie z zewnątrz i drzwiczki
przy pomocy miękkiej szmatki.
●NIE używać ostrych czyścików ani
szorujących środków czyszczących.
● Aby zapobiec przywieraniu drzwiczek I
nagromadzeniu kłaczków, należy od czasu
do czasu czyścić wewnętrzną stronę
drzwiczek i uszczelkę mokrą szmatką.
9
Sortować Ładunek Jak Następuje:
Ze względu na symbole użytkowania
Można je znaleźć na kołnierzyku bądź
wewnętrznym szwie:
Nadaje się do suszenia w suszarce
bębnowej.
Suszenie w suszarce bębnowej
przy wysokiej temperaturze.
Suszenie w suszarce bębnowej
tylko przy niskiej temperaturze.
Nie suszyć w suszarce bębnowej.
Jeżeli na odzieży nie ma wskazówek
dotyczących prania, należy założyć, że
tkanina nie nadaje się do suszenia w
suszarce.
● Według ilości I grubości
W przypadku ładunku większego niż
pojemność suszarki, oddzielić ubranie w
zależności od jego grubości (np. ręczniki od
bielizny).
● Według typu tkaniny
Bawełna, bielizna: ręczniki, bluzy ba-
wełniane, bielizna pościelowa i stołowa.
Tkaniny syntetyczne: Bluzki, koszule,
kombinezony itp., wykonane z poliestru lub
poliamidu, jak również mieszanki bawełny z
włóknem syntetycznym.
● Pod względem stanu wysuszenia
Podzielić według grup: do wysuszenia żelazkiem,
do wysuszenia w ciepłym pomieszczeniu itp. W
przypadku delikatnych tkanin naciśnij przycisk W
celu wybrania niskiej temperatury suszenia.
. .
.
Czyszczenie Suszarki
OSTRZEŻENIE! Bęben, drzwiczki i
ładunek mogą być bardzo gorące.
UWAGA Przed czyszczeniem urządzenie
powinno być wyłączone, a wtyczka wyjęta z
gniazdka zasilania.
Odnośnie danych elektrycznych, patrz
etykietka wartości znamionowych na przedniej
części suszarki (przy otwartych drzwiczkach).
Nie przeładowywać bębna; duże sztuki mogą po
namoknięciu spowodować przekroczenie maksymalnego
dopuszczalnego Obciążenia (np.śpiwory, kołdry).
PL
5. POJEMNIK NA WODĘ
Woda odprowadzona z suszarki podczas
suszenia gromadzi się w zbiorniku w
drzwiach urządzenia. Kiedy zbiornik
wypełnia się, na panelu zapala się lampka
NALEŻY wówczas opróżnić pojemnik.
Zaleca się jednak opróżnianie zbiornika po
każdym cyklu suszenia.
UWAGA: Podczas pierwszych kilku cykli w
nowym urządzeniu nie gromadzi się dużo
wody,ponieważ w pierwszej kolejności
wypełniany jest zbiornik wewnętrzny.
1. Delikatnie wyciągnąć
zbiornik wody z drzwi
trzymając za uchwyt.(A)
Zbiornik wypełniony
wodą waży około 6 kg.
2. Przechylić zbiornik i
wylać wodę.(B)
Po opróżnieniu założyć
ponownie w drzwiach
najpierw umieszczając
jego; (C) dolną część a
n a s t ę p n i e l e k k o
dopychając górną. (1)
(2).
3. Nacisnąć aby
powrócić do cyklu
suszenia.
A
B
1C
10
UWA G A: j e że li w
p o b l i ż u s u s z a r k i
znajduje się odpływ
wody, można podłączyć
zestaw odpływowy, um-
ożliwiając tym samym
sposób stały odpływ
wody gromadzącej się
w s u s z a r c e .
Opróżnianie pojemnika
nie będzie wówczas
konieczne.
Aby usunąć zbiornik w drzwiach.
Nie otwieraj drzwi podczas trwania
programu automatycznego - może to
zakłócić proces suszenia.
DZIAŁANIE
1. Otwórz drzwiczki i załaduj pranie do
bębna. Upewnij się, że odzież nie blokuje
zamknięcia drzwiczek.
2. Delikatnie zamknij drzwiczki pchając je
powoli, aż usłyszysz "kliknięcie".
3. Ustaw pokrętło programu na wymaganej
pozycji (patrz Przewodnik Programów).
4. Naciśnij przycisk . Suszarka
wystartuje automatycznie a kontrolka nad
przyciskiem będzie stale zapalona.
5. Jeśli drzwi zostaną otwarte w trakcie
suszenia w celu sprawdzenia prania,
należy nacisnąć przycisk po
zamknięciu drzwiczek, by wznowić
suszenie.
6. Kiedy cykl zbliży się ku końcowi,
maszyna wejdzie w tryb schładzania i
ubrania będą wirowane w chłodnym
powietrzu.
7. Po zakończeniu programu na
wyświetlaczu zapali się napis END.
8. Po zakończeniu cyklu, bęben będzie się
obracał co jakiś czas, aby zapobiec
pognieceniu ubrań do momentu, gdy
maszyna zostanie wyłączona lub drzwiczki
będą zamknięte.
6.
DRZWICZKI I FILTR
Pociągnąć za uchwyt, aby otworzyć
drzwiczki. Zamknąć drzwiczki i nacisnąć
,aby ponownie uruchomić suszarkę.
OSTRZEŻENIE! Gdy suszarka bębna
jest w użyciu, bęben i drzwi mogą być
bardzo gorące.
1
2
JEŚLI CZYŚCISZ FILTR POD WODĄ,
PAMIĘTAJ ABY GO WYSUSZYĆ.
OSTRZEŻENIE! Jeśli otworzysz drzwi w
trakcje cyklu, przed zakończeniem cyklu ch-
łodzenia, rękojeść może się gorąca. Podczas
próby opróżnienia zbiornika wody podczas
cyklu należy zachować szczególną os-
trożność.
11
1
2
3
4
5
Filtr
Lampka Sygnalizacyjna Filtra
Zapala się, jeżeli filtr wymaga
czyszczenia.
Jeżeli pranie nie jest suszone, sprawdzić,
czy filtr nie jest zatkany.
UWAGA: Aby suszarka pracowała wydajnie,
przed każdym cyklem suszenia należy
sprawdzić, czy filtr Kłaczków jest czysty.
1. Wyciągnąć filtr do
góry.
2. Otworzyć filtr, tak jak
pokazano.
3. Delikatnie usunąć
kłaczki przy użyciu
miękkiej
s z c z o t e c z k i l u b
palców.
4. Zatrzasnąć filtr i
ws unąć na swoje
miejsce.
Czyszczenie filtra kondensatora
1 . Z d j ą ć p ł y t ę
zabezpieczającą w dolnej
części urządzenia.
2.Przekręcić dwie
dźwigienki mocujące w
kierunku przeciwnym do
ruchu wskazówek zegara i
wyjąć przednią pokrywę.
3. Wyciągnąć delikatnie
ramkę filtra i oczyścić z
kurzu i kłaczków. Nie
u ż y w a ć w o d y d o
czyszczenia filtra!.
4. Wyjąć gąbkę z ramki i
umyć ją pod bieżącą wodą
wyciskając tak aby usunąć
zabrudzenia.
5. Zamontować przednią
pokrywę we
właściwym położeniu (jak
pokazuje strzałka) i
zamknąć dźwigienki
mocujące.
6 . U m i e ś c i ć p ł y t ę
zabezpieczającą na
swoim miejscu.
D O C Z Y S Z C Z E N I A F I L T R A
KONDENSATORA NIE NALEŻY UŻYWAĆ
WODY! .
PL
Czyścić filtry przed każdym cyklem
12
1
PL
7. ELEMENTY STEROWANIA I
WSKAŹNIKI
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A – Wybór programu – Obracając pokrętło w
obu kierunkach można wybrać żądany program
suszenia. Aby anulować wybór lub wyłączyć
suszarkę, należy obrócić pokrętło do położenia
OFF (WYŁ.)
B – Wyświetlacz cyfrowy – Na wyświetlaczu
pokazywany jest pozostały czas suszenia, czas
opóźnienia w przypadku wyboru opóźnionego
startu oraz inne ustawienia powiadomień.
C – Przyciski –
1. Przycisk Start/Pauza
Uruchomienie wybranego programu i/lub
zawieszenie go.
2. Przycisk opóźnionego startu
Pozwala to na opóźnienie uruchomienia
programu od 1 do 24 godzin w odstępach 1-
godzinnych. Wybrane opóźnienie jest pokazywane
na wyświetlaczu. Po naciśnięciu klawisza START
czas pokazywany jest z godziny na godzinę.
Otwierając drzwiczki przy ustawionym opóźnieniu
startu, po ponownym zamknięciu drzwiczek
należy ponownie nacisnąć przycisk start, aby
wznowić odliczanie.
3. Przycisk wyboru programu suszenia
Pozwala to na ustawienie żądanego poziomu
wysuszenia do 5 minut po uruchomieniu cyklu:
Gotowe do prasowania: Dla ułatwienia pra-
sowania pozostawia ubranie lekko wilgotne.
Suche do powieszenia: Przygotowuje
odzież do powieszenia.
Suche do szafy: Przygotowuje odzież do
bezpośredniego włożenia do szafy.
Dokładne suszenie: Zapewnia całkowicie
suchą odzież, idealny do pełnego wsadu.
Urządzenie jest wyposażone we funkcję
menedżera suszenia. W cyklach automatycznych
każdy poziom suszenia poś
redniego, przed
osiągnięciem wybranego
poziomu, jest
sygnalizowany miganiem wskaźnika świetlnego
odpowiadającego osiągniętemu poziomowi
suszenia. W przypadku niezgodności wszystkie
diody LED migają szybko 3 razy.
4. Przycisk szybkiego programu / wybór cyklu
czasowego
Możliwe jest przełączenie niektórych programów
automatycznych na program szybki (RAPID) do 3
minut po uruchomieniu cyklu. Kolejne naciśnięcia
wskazują czas (30-45-59 minut).
Po dokonaniu tego wyboru w celu zresetowania
automatycznego dział
ania suszarki konieczne
jest wyłączenie urządzenia.
W przypadku
niezgodności wszystkie diody LED migają szybko
3 razy.
Możliwe jest przekształ
cenie cyklu z
automatycznego na zaprogramowany, do 3 minut
po rozpoczęciu cyklu. Kolejne naciśnięcia zwiększają
czas w odstępach 10-minutowych. Po dokonaniu
tego wyboru w celu zresetowania automatycznego
działania suszarki konieczne jest wyłączenie
urządzenia. W przypadku niezgodności wszystkie
diody LED migają szybko 3 razy.
5. Opcja przeciw zagnieceniom
Opcja ta pozwala na aktywację ruchu bębna
przeciwdziałającego zagnieceniom przed cyklem
w przypadku aktywacji opóźnienia i pod koniec
cyklu suszenia. Funkcja uruchamia się co 10
minut, do 6 godzin po zakoń
czeniu cyklu
suszenia. Aby wyłączyć ruch, należy ustawić
pokrętło w położeniu OFF (WYŁ.). Funkcja ta jest
przydatna, gdy nie jest możliwe natychmiastowe
wyjęcie prania.
6. Pamięć
Ta funkcja umożliwia zapisanie opcji ustawionych
w cyklu.
ZAPAMIĘTANIE: podczas dział
ania cyklu
nacisnąć przycisk „memory” (pamięć
) na trzy
sekundy. Wskaźnik świetlny „memory” mignie trzy
razy, ustawione opcje zostają za
pisane w
połączeniu z cyklem wybranym na pokrętle.
WYWOŁANIE: po wybraniu cyklu nacisnąć
przycisk „memory”, aby wywołać zapisane opcje
(ale nie cykl).
7. Blokada przycisków
Funkcja ta umoż
liwia zablokowanie
niepożą
danych zmian opcji ustawionych na
panelu podczas fazy suszenia.
Włączenie/wyłączenie: nacisnąć jednocześnie
przyciski 3 i 4 na dwie sekundy. Napis „LOC”
pojawi się na wyświetlaczu. Po odblokowaniu opcji
na wyświetlaczu pojawi się jeden raz napis „Unl”.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
PL
13
2
W przypadku otwarcia drzwiczek przy aktywnej
blokadzie cykl zatrzymuje się, ale blokada
zostaje zachowana: w celu ponownego
uruchomienia cyklu należy wyłączyć blokadę i
przywrócić Start. Opcja zostaje automatycznie
wyłączona wraz z wyłączeniem suszarki.
Blokadę przycisków można zmienić w dowolnym
momencie cyklu.
D- Led
Zbiornik wody – Wskaźnik włącza się, gdy
zachodzi potrzeba opróżnienia zbiornika
kondensatu.
Czyszczenie filtra – Włącza się, gdy
wymagane jest czyszczenie filtrów (drzwiczki i
dolny filtr).
E- Wi-Fi (tylko niektóre modele)
W modelach obsługujących Wi-Fi ta ikona
sygnalizuje aktywną funkcję Wi-Fi.
Miejsce F- ONE Fi EXTRA - Na panelu znajduje
się odpowiednie miejsce, w którym należy
umieścić smartfon podczas rejestracji urządzenia
w aplikacji. Należy postępować zgodnie ze
wskazówkami na wyświetlaczu telefonu (tylko w
przypadku smartfona z systemem Android,
wyposażonego w technologię NFC).
Maksymalna masa suszenia
Bawełna Maks. deklarowana
pojemność
Syntetyki lub
materiały delikatne Maks. 4 kg.
Standardowy cykl suszenia COTTON DRY ( )
jest najbardziej energooszczędny i najlepiej
nadaje się do suszenia zwykłej mokrej bielizny
bawełnianej.
Tabela na ostatniej stronie przedstawia
przybliżony czas i zużycie energii przez główne
programy suszenia.
Zużycie energii w trybie
wyłączenia 0,40 W
Zużycie energii w trybie
włączenia 0,75 W
Pojemność
bębna 125
Maksymalny
wsad
Zob. etykietę efektywności
energetycznej
Wysokość 85 cm
Szerokość 60 cm
Głębokość 60 cm
Klasa
energetyczna
Zob. etykietę efektywności
energetycznej
Program do wykorzystania zgodny z EN
61121
Cykl suszenia wełny uzyskał atest „The
Woolmark Company” jako odpowiedni do
suszenia produktów wełnianych nadających
się do prania w pralkach, z zastrzeżeniem, że
produkty te muszą być prane i suszone
zgodnie z instrukcjami podanymi na metce
oraz zaleceniami producenta urządzenia
Na obszarze Wielkiej Brytanii, Irlandii,
Hongkongu oraz Indii znak towarowy
Woolmark jest znakiem certyfikacyjnym.
Instrukcja suszenia
Dane techniczne
Informacja dla laboratorium
badawczego
Rzeczywisty czas trwania cyklu
suszenia zależy od poziomu wilgotności
początkowej prania spowodowanej prędkością
wirowania, rodzajem i ilością wsadu,
czystością filtrów i temperaturą otoczenia.
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
1
3
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working
EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working
EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
The real duration of drying cycle
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
rn is
automatically inactivated.
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - I
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Drying Guide
13
EN
M1530.
– BAWEŁNA O STANDARDOWEJ SUCHOŚCI
– BAWEŁNA DO PRASOWANIA
BIAŁA
– TEKSTYLIA ŁATWE W OBSŁUDZE
SYNTETYKI
Czyścić filtry przed każdym cyklem
TYLKO DLA SUSZARKI BĘBNOWEJ O
POJEMNOŚĄŻ
ODZYSKIWANIA KONDENSATU PODŁĄCZYĆ
ZGODNIE Z INSTRUKCJĄ W ROZDZIALE 2
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
ambient temperature.
-
CI KG: W 10 11 SPUSTOWY DO
PL
14
8. WYBÓR PROGRAMU I USTAWIENIE FUNKCJI
PROGRAM OPIS PROGRAMU POJEMNOŚĆ
(kg)
SUSZENIE
CZAS
(min)
Total Care
Total Care to ekskluzywny cykl suszenia wsadu prania
złożonego z różnorodnych tkanin. Kiedy lżejsze
tkaniny osiągają optymalne wysuszenie i są gotowe
do wyjęcia, tekst „TC” miga przez 3 minuty i rozlega
się sygnał dźwiękowy. Po usunięciu wysuszonych
artykułów cykl będzie kontynuowany dla elementów
bardziej opornych.
3 *
Ciemne i
kolorowe
Delikatny i specjalny cykl suszenia ciemnych lub
kolorowych ubrań bawełnianych lub syntetycznych. 4 *
Tkaniny białe Odpowiedni cykl do suszenia materiałów
bawełnianych, gąbek i ręczników. Pełny *
Dżins Dedykowany do równomiernego suszenia tkanin
takich jak dżinsy lub drelich. Przed suszeniem zaleca
się odwrócić ubranie na drugą stronę. 4 *
Buty sportowe Ten rodzaj cyklu, dzięki specjalnej półce, umożliwia
suszenie 2 pary butów płóciennych. Zaleca się
wyjąć sznurowadła z butów przed suszeniem. * Maks
120’
Program
antyalergiczny
Jeden specjalny cykl, który suszy, a jednocześnie
pomaga zredukować główne alergeny, takie jak
roztocza żyjące w kurzu, sierść zwierząt, pyłki i resztki
detergentów w proszku.
4 Maks
220’
Wełna
Odzież wełniana: program może być używany do
suszenia do 1 kg prania (około 3 swetrów/bluz).
Przed suszeniem zaleca się wywrócenie odzieży na
lewą stronę. Czas może się zmieniać w zależności
od wymiarów i grubości wsadu oraz wybranego
podczas prania wirowania. Pod koniec cyklu ubrania
są gotowe do noszenia, ale jeśli są cięższe,
krawędzie mogą być nieco mokre: zaleca się ich
naturalne wysuszenie. Zaleca się wyjmować ubrania na
samym końcu cyklu. Uwaga: proces filcowania wełny
jest nieodwracalny; należy suszyć wyłącznie ubrania
oznaczone symbolem (symbol „ok wirowanie”);
program ten nie jest przeznaczony do odzieży
akrylowej.
1 70’
Pochłanianie
zapachów
Idealny cykl usuwania nieprzyjemnych zapachów z
tkanin z wygładzaniem zagnieceń. 2,5 *
Wsad XXL
Specjalny cykl przeznaczony do suszenia dużych
tkanin, np. zasłon i obrusów. Dzięki specjalnym ruchowi
bębna tkaniny będą suche, minimalizując sploty i
zagniecenia.
6 Maks
220’
Sportowe
Dedykowany dla odzieży technicznej sportowej i fitness,
suszy delikatnie ze szczególną ostrożnością, aby nie
powodować kurczenia i pogorszenia stanu włókien
elastycznych.
4 *
Mały wsad Przeznaczony do równomiernego suszenia bardzo
małych wsadów 2 *
Tkaniny
syntetyczne
Do suszenia delikatnych i syntetycznych tkanin,
które wymagają dokładnego i specjalnego
potraktowania. 4 *
Bawełna Program do bawełny (do powieszenia) to najbardziej
wydajny i energooszczędny program. Nadaje się do
bawełny i pościeli. Pełny *
Koszule
Ten specyficzny cykl został stworzony z myślą o
suszeniu koszul, minimalizując liczbę splotów i
zagnieceń dzięki specyficznym ruchom bębna.
Zaleca się wyjęcie odzieży natychmiast po cyklu
suszenia.
2,5 *
Pozycja, którą należy wybrać w celu włączenia zdalnego sterowania za pomocą
aplikacji (przez Wi-Fi). Aby dowiedzieć się więcej, zob. punkt One Fi Extra.
* Rzeczywisty czas trwania cyklu suszenia zależy od poziomu wilgotności początkowej prania spowodowanej
prędkością wirowania, rodzajem i ilością wsadu, czystością filtrów i temperaturą otoczenia.
PL
ZGODNOŚĆ PROGRAMÓW I OPCJI
OPCJE DO WYBORU
Opóźniony start
Wybór programu
suszenia
Cykl błyskawiczny
Wybór czasu
Opcja przeciw
zagnieceniom
Pamięć (Memo)
Total Care
Ciemne i kolorowe
Tkaniny białe
Dżins
Buty sportowe
Program antyalergiczny
Wełna
Pochłanianie zapachów
Tkaniny syntetyczne
Bawełna
Koszule
15
√ √ √
- - -
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
Ο
√ √ √ √ √ √
,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
√ √ √
- -
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
o semelhante.
είνει
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον
√ √
- - - -
πρόγρα
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα
αυτό ατα.
√ √ √ √
- -
5. GUIA RÁPIDO DE UTILIZAÇÃO
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
√ √ √
- -
.
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
που
√ √ √ √ √ √
.
που
να µε την
.
√ √
- - - -
de
να
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
√ √ √ √
- -
PROGRAMY
Wsad XXL
Sportowe
Mały wsad
√
√
Akcesoria do butów dostarczane z suszarką pozwalają wysuszyć do
dwóch par butów. Musisz wyjąć z drzwi filtr i zastąpić go koszykiem
przeznaczonym do suszenia obuwia. Przed włożeniem butów należy
usunąć wszelkie podeszwy i umieść je w suszarce.
Środkowe haczyki nadają się bardziej do obuwia męskiego
(większego), a haczyki boczne nadają się bardziej do butów
dziecięcych lub damskich (EU 39- UK 5.5). Zaleca się obrócenie
bębna, aby sprawdzić, czy nie następuje blokada. Alternatywnie można
umieścić buty z podeszwami do góry.
KOSZYK NA OBUWİE
16
17
FUNKCJA ONE Fi EXTRA
Urządzenie jest wyposażone w technologię
ONE Fi EXTRA,, która pozwala kontrolować
je zdalnie za pośrednictwem aplikacji, dzięki
funkcji Wi-Fi.
URUCHOMIENIE URZĄDZENIA (za
pomocą aplikacji)
● Pobierz aplikację Hoover Wizard na swoje
urządzenie.
Jeśli korzystasz ze smartfona z systemem
Android wyposażonym w technologię NFC
(Near Field Communication), proces
uruchomienia jest uproszczony (Proste
Uruchomienie); W tym przypadku należy
postępować zgodnie z instrukcjami
wyświetlanymi na wyświetlaczu telefonu.
ZBLIŻ I PRZYTRZYMAJ SMARTFON w
pobliżu logo ONE Fi EXTRA na panelu
sterowania urządzenia, w przypadku, gdy jest
to wymagane przez aplikację.
UWAGI:
Jeśli nie znasz swojego położenia
antenyNFC, lekko obróć smartfonem
w ruchu kołowym wokół logo ONE Fi
E X T R A a ż A p p p o t w i e r d z i
połączenie. W celu umożliwienia
przesyłania danych, ABY ODNIEŚĆ
SUKCES, KONIECZNE JEST, ABY
PRZYTRZYMAĆ SMARTFON PRZY
PANELU PRALKI PODCZAS KILKU
SEKUND TEJ DANEJ PROCEDURY;
n a u r z ą d z e n i u p o j a w i s i ę
wiadomość, która poinformuje o
prawidłowym wyniku operacji i
doradzi, gdy jest to możliwe, aby
przesunąć smartfon dalej.
Gruba metalowa obudowa lub naklejki
na smartfonie mogą zakłócać lub
uniemożliwiać transmisję danych
pomiędzy pralką a telefonem. Jeśli to
konieczne, zdejmij je.
Zastąpienie niektórych komponentów
w smartfonie (np. tylnej nakładki,
akumulatora, itp ...) na inne niż
oryginalne może prowadzić do
usunięcia lub uszkodzenia anteny
NFC.
Aplikacja Hoover Wizard jest dostępna
dla urządzeń z systemem Android i iOS
zarówno dla tabletów i smartfonów.
Uzyskaj wszystkie szczegóły dotyczące
ONE Fi EXTRA przeglądając aplikację w
trybie DEMO.
● Otwórz aplikację, utwórz profil użytkownika i
zarejestruj urządzenie zgodnie z instrukcjami
wyświetlanymi na ekranie lub zawartymi w
dołączonym "Skrócona Instrukcja".
Umieść inteligentny telefon tak, aby
antena NFC na jego „plecach”
dopasowała swoje położenie do logo
ONE Fi EXTRA na urządzeniu.
PARAMETRY ŁĄCZNOŚCI BEZPRZEWODOWEJ
Standard
802.11 b/g/n
Zakres częstotliwości
Maksymalna szybkość
transmisji
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parametry
Specyfikacja
Minimalna czułość
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Uwaga: w przypadku otwarcia drzwi podczas
używania aplikacji, aby ponownie powrócić
do połączenia, należy zamknąć okno drzwi i
przycisnąć Start. Cykl zacznie się w miejscu
w którym został przerwany.
M O Ż L I W O Ś Ć Z D A L N E G O
STEROWANIA (za pomocą aplikacji)
Po uruchomieniu urządzenia, możesz
nim zdalnie sterować za pośrednictwem
aplikacji. Najpierw załaduj pranie do
bębna, dodaj detergent, zamknij drzwi i
wybierz ustawienie ONE Fi EXTRA na
panelu sterowania. Od tego momentu
można zarządzać urządzeniem za
pomocą aplikacji.
PL
18
Przyczyny Usterek...
Usterki, które można naprawić samemu
Przed zwróceniem się po pomoc techniczną do
serwisu GIAS należy sprawdzić listę
następujących problemów. W przypadku
stwierdzenia, że urządzenie pracuje prawidłowo,
zostało nieprawidłowo zainstalowane lub jest
niewłaściwie użytkowane, koszt wezwania
serwisanta poniesie użytkownik. Jeżeli problem
z urządzeniem nadal istnieje po sprawdzeniu
poniższych punktów, najpierw należy
sk onta kto w ać si ę z s erw i sem GIAS
telefonicznie.
Czas do końca cyklu zmienia się zgodnie z
postępem suszenia. Czas do końca cyklu,
jaki wskazuje wyświetlacz urządzenia, jest
wskazaniem szacunkowym wynikającym ze
sprawdzania przez przez suszarkę poziomu
wysuszenia tkaniny. Czas do końca suszenia
jaki wskazuje wyświetlacz może się
zwiększać lub zmniejszać i jest to normalne.
Czas suszenia zbyt długi/ odzież nie jest
wystarczająco sucha…
● Czy został wybrany prawidłowy czas/ program
suszenia?
● Czy odzież była zbyt mokra? Czy była
dokładnie wykręcona lub odwirowana?
● Czy filtr wymaga czyszczenia?
● Czy kondensator wymaga czyszczenia?
● Czy suszarka nie jest przepełniona?
● Czy wloty, wyloty i podstawa suszarki są wolne
od przeszkód?
Suszarka nie działa…
● Czy jest prawidłowe zasilanie elektryczne do
suszarki? Sprawdzić posługując się innym
urządzeniem, jak np. lampka stołowa.
● Czy wtyczka jest prawidłowo podłączona do
źródła zasilania?
● Czy nie ma przerwy w dopływie prądu?
● Czy bezpiecznik nie jest przepalony?
● Czy drzwiczki są całkowicie zamknięte?
● Czy suszarka jest włączona zarówno do źródła
prądu, jak i na urządzeniu?
●Czy został wybrany czas suszenia lub
program?
● Czy urządzenie zostało włączone ponownie po
otwarciu drzwiczek?
● Czy suszarka przestała działać z powodu
zapełnienia korytka na wodę, które wymaga
Opróżnienia?
OBSŁUGA KLIENTA
Części Zamienne
Serwis GIAS
Jeżeli po sprawdzeniu wszystkich punktów
problem nadal występuje, należy zwrócić się
o pomoc do serwisu GIAS. Możliwe jest
uzyskanie pomocy drogą telefoniczną lub
zamówienie wizyty serwisanta zgodnie z
warunkami gwarancji. Przy zaistnieniu
jakiejkolwiek z wymienionych sytuacji
użytkownik może zostać obciążony kosztami
serwisu:
● Suszarka pracuje prawidłowo.
●Nie została zainstalowana zgodnie z
instrukcją odnośnie instalacji.
● Była nieprawidłowo użytkowana.
Należy zawsze korzystać z oryginalnych
części Z a m i e n n y c h , d o s t ę p n y c h
bezpośrednio w serwisie GIAS.
W sprawie serwisowania i napraw należy
kontaktować się z serwisantem GIAS.
Producent nie ponosi odpowiedzialności
za błędy drukarskie w niniejszym
poradniku. Producent zastrzega sobie
r ó w n i e ż p r a w o d o d o k o n a n i a
odpowiednich zmian produktu bez zmiany
zasadniczych jego cech.
Suszarka głośno pracuje…
● Wyłączyć suszarkę i skontaktować się z
serwisem GIAS w celu uzyskania pomocy
technicznej.
Wskaźnik jest włączony…
● Czy filtr wymaga czyszczenia?
●Czy kondensator wymaga czyszczenia?
Wskaźnik jest włączony…
●Czy pojemnik na wodę nie wymaga
opróżnienia?
9.
ROZWIĄZYWANIE PROBLEMÓW
PARAMETRY ŁĄCZNOŚCI BEZPRZEWODOWEJ
Standard łączności
bezprzewodowej
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A and NFC Forum Type 4
Częstotliwość
Pole magnetyczne
13,553-13,567 MHz (częstotliwość 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (na 10 metrów)
Parametry
Specyfikacja
Niniejszym Candy Hoover Group
Srl,deklaruje, że to urządzenie oznaczone
symbolem jest zgodne z
zasadniczymi wymaganiami dyrektywy
2014/53/UE. Aby otrzymać kopię
deklaracji zgodności, należy skontaktować
się z producentem:
www.candy-group.com
Obsah
Přečtěte si důkladně a dodržujte tyto pokyny.
Tento návod nabízí důležité rady pro bezpečné
použití, instalaci, údržbu a několik užitečných
rad pro nejlepší využití spotřebiče.
Odložte si veškerou dokumentaci na
bezpečném místě pro případné použití v
budoucnosti nebo pro dalšího majitele.
Zkontrolujte, zda balení obsahuje následující
položky:
● Návod k obsluze
● Záruční list
● Energetický štítek
Umístěním symbolu na tento
spotřebič prohlašujeme shodu se všemi
platnými Evropskými požadavky ohledně
bezpečnosti, zdraví a životního prostředí
týkajícími se tohoto spotřebiče.
1. BEZPEČNOSTNÍ UPOZORNĚNÍ
2. SADA ODTOKOVÉ HADICE: POKYNY K
MONTÁŽI
3. PŘÍPRAVA PRÁDLA
4. ČIŠTĚNÍ A BĚŽNÁ ÚDRŽBA
5. ZÁSOBNÍK VODY
6. DVÍŘKA A FILTR
7. OVLÁDACÍ PRVKY A KONTROLKY
8. VÝBĚR PROGRAMU A FUNKCÍ
9. ODSTRANĚNÍ PŘÍPADNÝCH PROBLÉMŮ
19
Zkontrolujte, zda nebyl spotřebič během
přepravy poškozen. Pokud ano, kontaktujte
servis GIAS. Nedodržením výše uvedených
pokynů můžete negativně ovlivnit bezpečnost
spotřebiče. V případě závady způsobené
nesprávnou manipulací budete hradit servisní
zásah.
CZ
1.
Bezpečnostní upozornění
20
● Tento spotřebič smí používat
děti od 8 let a starší a osoby s
omezenými fyzickými,
senzorickými nebo mentálními
s c h o p n o s t m i , n e b o b e z
dostatečných zkušeností a
znalostí, pokud byly poučeny o
správném a bezpečném použití
spotřebiče osobou odpovědnou
z a j e j i c h b e z p e č n o s t a
porozuměly možným rizikům.
Nedovolte dětem hrát si se
spotřebičem. Čištění a údržbu
nesmí provádět děti bez dohledu.
Děti do 3 let mějte neustále pod
dohledem.
●VAROVÁNÍ. Nesprávné použití
sušičky může zvýšit riziko požáru.
● Tento spotřebič je určený pro
použití v domácnosti a podobném
prostředí:
-Zaměstnanecké kuchyně v
prodejnách, kancelářích a jiném
pracovním prostředí;
-Na farmách
-Klienty hotelů, motelů a
podobném typu ubytovacího
zařízení;
-V místě pro výdej snídaně.
Jiné použití spotřebiče od použití
v domácnosti nebo pro typické
domácí využití, jako jsou
komerční účely experty nebo
zkušenými uživateli, jsou
vyloučeny z výše uvedených
způsobu použití.
Pokud se spotřebič používá
nesprávně, může se zkrátit
jeho životnost a nebudete mít
práv na záruční opravu.
J a k é k o l i v p o š k o z e n í
s p o t ř e b i č e z p ů s o b e n é
nesprávným použitím (i když je
spotřebič v domácnosti) není
akceptováno výrobcem.
● Tento spotřebič se smí
používat pouze k určenému
účelu podle popisu v tomto
návodu. Ujistěte se, zda
rozumíte všem pokynům
k instalaci a použití před
obsluhou spotřebiče.
● Nedotýkejte se spotřebiče
mokrýma rukama.
●Nesedejte si na dvířka ani je
nepoužívejte k zvedání
samotného spotřebiče.
●Nedovolte dětem hrát si se
spotřebičem nebo ovladači.
Instalace
●Nepoužívejte adaptéry,
mnohonásobné zásuvky a
prodloužení.
●Nikdy neinstalujte sušičku
proti zácloně a zabraňte pádu
předmětů za sušičku.
●Spotřebič se nesmí instalovat
za uzamykatelné dveře,
posuvné dveře nebo dveře na
opačné straně k sušičce.
21
●VAROVÁNÍ. Nepoužívejte
spotřebič, pokud není jeho filtr na
místě, nebo je poškozený;
chomáče se mohou vznítit.
V A R O V Á N Í . N a m í s t ě
označeném symbolem horkého
povrchu může teplota
vystoupit nad 60°C.
●Odpojte zástrčku od síťové
zásuvky. Před čištěním odpojte
zástrčku od síťové zásuvky
● Pokud je spotřebič poškozený,
nepoužívejte jej.
●Zabraňte hromadění chomáčů a
vláken na podlaze v okolí
spotřebiče.
●Konečný cyklus sušičky probíhá
bez ohřevu (cyklus chlazení) k
zajištění teploty prádla, která jej
nepoškodí.
●Sušička se nesmí používat,
pokud jste k čištění prádla použili
průmyslové chemikálie.
●VAROVÁNÍ: Nikdy nezastavuje
sušičku před dokončením cyklu,
pokud rychle nevyndáte veškeré
díly prádla a nerozprostřete je pro
odvod tepla.
●Maximální náplň sušení: viz
energetický štítek.
Důležité: Během přepravy
zajistěte, aby spotřebič stál v
horizontální poloze, a v
případě potřeby jej nakloňte na
jednu stranu;
P o z o r : P o p ř e m í s t ě n í
spotřebiče počkejte nejméně 4
hodiny před opětovným
zapnutím, aby mohl olej natéct
z p ě t d o k o m p r e s o r u .
Nedodržením výše uvedených
pokynů byste mohly poškodit
kompresor.
CZ
Prádlo
Větrání
● V mtnosti instalace spotbi
muse zajistit dostatevr abyste
zabrili vtahovjinh plynze
spotbispalujh jinpaliva do
mtnosti bem provozuuy.
● Instalujte zadnstu spotbi do
blkosti zdi nebo vertiknlochy.
● Mezi spotbim a okolni pkami
musb volnprostor nejm12 mm.
Vstup a vtup vzduchu nikdy
neblokujte. Kaji
obro vrnesme nikdy blokovat
volnprostor mezi dnem spotbi
a podlahou.
● Pravideln kontrolujte volnost
pruchodu vzduchu.
● Po pouziti kontrolujte filtr, v
případě potřeby vyčistěte.
● Za br aň te pá du n eb o
hromadění předmětů za
sušičkou, neboť tyto mohou
blokovat vstup a výstup
vzduchu.
● NIKDY neinstalujte sušičku
naproti zácloně
●V sušičce nesušte nevyprané
prádlo.
●VAROVÁNÍ: Nesušte látky
ošetřené čisticími prostředky.
●VAROVÁNÍ: Materiály z
pěnové gumy se mohou za
určitých okolností vznítit při
nadměrném zahřátí. Předměty
jako je pěnová guma (latexová
pě n a) , ko u pa c í č e pi c e,
voděodolné textilie, gumové
předměty nebo polštáře plněné
pěnou SE NESMÍ sušit v
sušičce.
●Vždy si přečtěte informace o
vhodnosti sušení na štítku
prádla.
●Prádlo před vložením do
sušičky důkladně vyždímejte.
Prádlo, ze kterého kape voda,
nedávejte do sušičky.
●Zap alova č e a záp a lky
nenechávejte v kapsách a
NIKDY nepoužívejte v blízkosti
spotřebiče hořlavé tekutiny.
●Záclony se skelným vláknem
N I K D Y n e d á v e j t e d o
spotřebiče. V případě
kontaminace ostatního prádla
skelným vláknem může dojít k
podráždění pokožky.
●Předměty znečištěné olejem,
a c e t o n e m , a l k o h o l e m ,
benzinem, kerozenem,
o d s t r a ň o v a č e m s k v r n ,
terpentýnem, voskem a
odstraňovačem vosku musíte
vyprat v horké vodě s
dostatečným množstvím
pracího prostředku před
sušením v bubnové sušičce.
●Aviváže nebo podobné
prostředky musíte používat
podle pokynů na obalu.
22
● V případě instalace sušičky na
pračku musíte použít vhodný
podstavec podle následující
konfigurace.
- Montážní sada 35100019:
pro pračky s minimální hloubkou
49 cm
- Montážní sada 35900120:
pro pračky s minimální hloubkou
51 cm
Sada musí být z výše uvedených,
k dostání v našem servisním
středisku nebo u prodejce.
Pokyny k montáži sady jsou
dodané s montážní sadou.
23
Neinstalujte spotřebič v
místnosti, kde je riziko mrazu.
Při teplotách kolem bodu
mrazu nemusí sušička
fungovat správně: riziko
p o š k o z e n í v p ř í p a d ě
z a m r z n u t í v o d y v
hydraulickém okruhu (ventily,
hadice, čerpadla). Pro lepší
funkci spotřebiče musí být
okolní teplota místnosti mezi a
5 - 35°C. Všimněte si, že při
p r o v o z u v c h l a d n ý c h
podmínkách (od +2 až +5°C)
může trochu kondenzované
vody kapat na podlahu.
UPOZORNĚNÍ:
spotřebič nesmí být napájen
prostřednictvím externího
spínacího zařízení, jako je
časovač, ani připojen k
obvodu, který je pravidelně
vypínán obsluhou.
CZ
Air Outlets in the Base
Životní prostředí
Evropská směrnice 2012/19/EU
Tento spotřebič je označený v
souladu s Evropskou směrnicí
2012/19/EU o likvidaci elektrického a
elektronického vybavení (WEEE).
WEEE obsahuje škodlivé látky (které
mohou mít negativní vliv na životní prostředí) a
základní komponenty (které lze opětovně
využít). Je důležité zajistit pro WEEE správné
zpracování, k odstranění a likvidací všech
škodlivin a obnově všech recyklovatelných
materiálů. Jednotlivci mohou sehrát důležitou
roli v zajištění, že se WEEE nestane
nebezpečným odpadem; je důležité dodržovat
základní pravidla:
-WEEE se nesmí likvidovat společně s
domovním odpadem.
-WEEE se musí odnést na příslušné sběrné
místo k likvidaci a recyklaci. V mnoha zemích
se nacházejí velké sběrny WEEE.
V mnoha zemích můžete při koupi nového
spotřebiče prodejci bezplatně vrátit váš starý
spotřebič ekvivalentního typu.
Požadavky na elektrické připojení
Bubnové sušičky jsou určené pro provoz s
napětím 220-240 V, 50 Hz. Zkontrolujte, zda je
hodnota obvodu zdrojového napájení
nejméně 6 A.
Elektrický proud může být velmi nebezpečný.
Tento spotřebič je nutné uzemnit.
Elektrická zásuvka a zástrčka spotřebiče musí
být stejného typu.
Nepoužívejte vícenásobné adaptéry a/ani
prodlužovací kabely.
Zástrčka musí zůstat po instalaci spotřebiče
snadno přístupná
GIAS Servis
K zajištění neustálé bezpečnosti a
spolehlivého provozu spotřebiče musí
opravy provádět autorizovaný servisní
technik GIAS
Nastavení nožiček
Po umístění sušičky
na místo by měli být
nožičky upravené tak,
aby byl spotřebič ve
vodorovné poloze.
24
●
V případě nesprávné instalace
uhradíte náklady spojené s opravou
spotřebiče.
V případě poškození přívodního
kabelu se musí vyměnit za speciální
kabel dostupný do autorizovaného
servisu. Musí jej instalovat kompetentní
osoba.
Spotřebič zapojte do sítě teprve
po ukončení instalace. Pro vaší
bezpečnost je nutné, aby sušička byla
řádně instalována. Pokud máte
pochybnosti o instalaci, požádejte
pracovníky servisu o radu.
● Veškeré obalové materiály jsou nezávadné vůči
životnímu prostředí a recyklovatelné. Pomozte
zlikvidovat obalové materiály vhodným
způsobem. Podrobnější informace obdržíte na
místní správě.
● K zajištění bezpečnosti při likvidaci starého
spotřebiče odpojte zástrčku od síťové zásuvky,
odřízněte přívodní kabel a zlikvidujte jej
společně se zástrčkou. Abyste zabránili
uvěznění dětí ve spotřebiči, znefunkčněte
závěsy nebo zámek dvířek
Obsahuje fluorované skleníkové
plyny. Hermeticky uzavřené.
GWP1430
2. SADA ODTOKOVÉ HADICE:
POKYNY K MONTÁŽI
Abyste nemuseli vylévat vodu po každém cyklu
sušení, vodu můžete vypouštět přímo do
odpadu (stejné jako u dřezu). Zákon o vodě
zakazuje připojení k odtoku povrchové vody.
Systém potrubí odtoku odpadní vody je nutné
instalovat do blízkosti sušičky.
Sada obsahuje:1 hadici a 1 záslepku.
UPOZORNĚNÍ! Před prováděním
následujících kroků spotřebič vypněte a odpojte
od elektrické sítě
Namontujte sadu následovně
4. Připojte černou
hadici ze sady,
(pomocí dodané
spojky a spon), k
hadici odpojené z
přemostění.
5. Instalujte novou
odtokovou hadici k
ha di c i o dp a dn í
vody.
6. Po postavení
spotřebiče na místo
zkontrolujte dno
pro zajištění, aby
nebyla nová hadice
při s křípnuta po
umístění sušičky na
místo.
Připojte k elektrické
síti.
25
1
2
3
1.Nakloňte spotřebič
mírně doprava
2. Trubka odpadní
vody je instalována na
p r a v é s t r a n ě
s p o t ř e b i č e ( v i z
obrázek). Šedá hadice
s e p ř i p o j u j e k
přemostění na levé
straně spotřebiče.
P o m o c í k l e š t í
sundejte sponu hadice
z přemostění.
3. Stáhněte hadici z
přemostění.
4
5
Upozornění: pokud byl spotřebič nakloněn
na jinou stranu, před zapnutím počkejte
nejméně 4 hodiny, aby mohl olej natéct zpět
do kompresoru. V opačném případě může
dojít k poškození kompresoru.
CZ
6
3.
PŘÍPRAVA PRÁDLA
Ujistěte se, zda je prádlo, které se hodláte sušit,
vhodné pro sušení v sušičce, podle symbolů na
prádle. Ujistěte se, zda jsou zavřené všechny zipy
a kapsy jsou prázdné. Prádlo obraťte
lícem dovnitř. Vložte prádlo volně do bubnu a
zkontrolujte, zda není spletené
Příprava prádla
Nesušte v sušičce
Vlnu, hedvábí, jemné látky, nylonové punčochy,
jemné výšivky, látky s kovovou dekorací, prádlo
s PVC nebo kůžín.
Důležité: Nesušte prádlo, které bylo
ošetřeno nasucho čiftičem nebo
pogumované oděvy (riziko požáru nebo
exploze).
Během posledních 15 minut se prádlo suší ve
studeném vzduchu.
Úspora energie
Nepřetěžujte buben, při namočení velkých
kusů prádla může dojít k překročení
maximální náplně (například: spací vaky,
deky)
4.
Čištění a běžná údržba
UPOZORNĚNÍ! Buben, dvířka a prádlo
mohou být velmi horké.
DŮLEŽITÉ Před čištěním spotřebiče jej
vždy vypněte a odpojte od elektrické sítě.
Pro elektrické parametry viz výrobní štítek
na přední ftraně skříňky spotřebiče (s
otevřenými dvířky).
26
. .
.
Před prvním použitím sušičky:
●Přečtěte si důkladně tento návod.
●Vyndejte veškeré předměty z bubnu.
●Utřete vnitřek bubnu a dvířka vlhkou utěrkou k
odstranění případného prachu z přepravy.
Do sušičky vkládejte pouze důkladně odstředěné
prádlo. Čím sušší je prádlo, tím kratší je doba
sušení a tudíž nižší spotřeba energie.
VŽDY
●Zkontrolujte před každým cyklem sušení, zda je
čistý filtr.
NIKDY
●Nedávejte kapající prádlo do bubnu, mohly byste
poškodit spotřebič.
Čištění sušičky
Můžete je najít na límci nebo vnitřním švu:
Rozdělte prádlo následovně
● Podle symbolu ošetření
Vhodné pro sušení v sušičce.
Sušení při vysoké teplotě.
Sušení pouze při nízké teplotě.
Nesušit v sušičce.
●Dle množství a tloušťky
Kdykoliv je náplň větší než kapacita
sušičky, rozdělte prádlo podle tloušťky
(např. ručníky od tenkého spodního
prádla)
● Dle typu látky
Bavlna/len:Ručníky, bavlněný úplet,
ložní a stolní len.
Syntetické:halenky, košile, overaly,
apod. z polyesteru nebo polyamidu i směs
bavlny/ syntetických látek.
●Vyčistěte filtr a vylijte zásobník vody po
každém cyklu sušení.
●Pravidelně čistěte kondenzátor.
●Po každém použití utřete vnitřek bubnu a
nechte dvířka pootevřená pro umožnění
cirkulace vzduchu a vysušení.
●Utřete vnější povrch spotřebiče a dvířka
spotřebiče měkkou utěrkou.
●NEPOUŽÍVEJTE drsné hubky ani čisticí
prostředky.
●Abyste zabránili přilepení dvířek nebo
hromadění vláken, vyčistěte vnitřní část
dvířek a těsnění vlhkou utěrkou po každém
cyklu sušení.
5.
Zásobník vody
Vyjmutí zásobníku z dvířek
1. Jemně vytáhněte
z á s o b n í k v o d y
uchopením za madlo. 1.
(A)
Když je zásobník vody
plný, váží přibližně 6 kg
2. Nakloňte zásobník
vody k vylití vody přes
otvor. (B)
P o v y l i t í n a s a ďt e
zásobník vody dle
obrázku; (C) nejdříve
v l o ž t e z á k l a d n u
zásobníku na místo dle
obrázku
(1), pak jemně zatlačte
horní část do správné
pozice (2).
A
B
1C
27
3.Stisknutím tlačítka
restartujte
cyklus.
POZNÁMKA: Pokud
m á t e m o ž n o s t
vypouštění vody v
blízkosti sušičky, lze
použít vypouštěcí
s a d u p r o t r v a l é
vypouštění vody ze
sušičky.Poté
j i ž n e m u s í t e
pravidelně manuálně
v y p r a z d ň o v a t
zásobník.
Voda odstraněná z prádla během cyklu
sušení se shromažďuje v zásobníku uvnitř
dvířek sušičky.Pokud je zásobník plný,
rozsvítí
se kontrolka na ovládacím panelu
a MUSÍTE vyprázdnit zásobník vody.
Zásobník doporučujeme vyprázdnit po
každém cyklu.
POZNÁMKA: během prvních cyklů nového
spotřebiče se nashromáždí velmi malé množství
vody, jelikož se nejprve naplní interní nádrž.
CZ
OBSLUHA
Neotvírejte dvířka během au-
tomatického sušení k zajištění správných
výsledků.
1.Otevřete dvířka a naplňte buben
sušičky prádlem. Prádlo nesmí bránit
zavření dvířek.
2.Pomalu zatlačte dvířka a opatrně je
zavřete, dokud neuslyšíte «zaklapnutí»
3.Otočením otočného voliče programů
zvolte požadovaný program sušení (viz
Průvodce sušením).
4.Stiskněte tlačítko Sušička se
automaticky spustí a kontrolka nad
tlačítkem bude nepřetržitě svítit.
5.Pokud v průběhu programu otevřete
dvířka sušičky ke kontrole prádla,po
zavření dvířek musíte stisknout
tlačítko.
6.Když se cyklus blíží ke konci, sušička
přejde do fáze chlazení, prádlo se bude
otáčet ve studeném vzduchu, což
umožňuje vychlazení náplně spotřebiče.
7.Po ukončení cyklu se buben otáčí
přerušovaně k minimalizaci pomačkání.
Trvá to až do vypnut spotřebiče nebo
otevření dvířek.
8.Po dokončení programu se rozsvítí
kontrolka
6.
Dvířka a filtr
Potažením madla otevřete dvířka.
K restartování sušičky zavřete dvířka a
stiskněte Start/Pauza.
Filtr
DŮLEŽITÉ: aby byla zachována účinnost
sušičky, zkontrolujte před každým cyklem
sušení, zda je prachový filtr čistý.
1. Potáhněte nahoru.
2. Otevřete filtr podle
obrázku.
3. Jemně odstraňte
v l á k n a p o m o c í
měk k ého k artáče
nebo prstů.,
4. Zacvakněte filtr a
nasaďte na místo.
1
2
Indikátor údržby filtru
Svítí v případě potřeby vyčištění
filtru.Pokud se prádlo nesuší, zkontrolujte,
zda nejsou ucpané filtry.
28
VAROVÁNÍ! Pokud je sušička v provozu,
buben a dvířka mohou být VELMI HORKÁ
POKUD ČISTÍTE FILTR POD VODOU,
NEZAPOMEŇTE JEJ VYSUŠIT.
VAROVÁNÍ! Pokud otevřete dvířka
uprostřed cyklu před dokončením fáze
chlazení, madlo může být velmi horké.
Zvyšte pozornost při vylití zásobníku vody
během cyklu.
1
2
3
4
5
Čištění filtru kondenzátoru
1.Sundejte sokl.
2 . O t o č t e d v ě
zajišťovací páčky proti
směru hodinových
ručiček a vytáhněte
přední kryt.
3.Jemně sundejte rám
filtru a odstraňte prach
a jiné nečistoty z filtru.
K č i š t ě n í f i l t r u
nepoužívejte vodu.
4.Jemně sundejte
pěnový filtr a umyjte jej
pod tekoucí vodou tak,
aby jste z něj odstranili
prach a chomáče.
5.Nasaďte přední kryt
správně (podle šipky)
a pevně zatlačte na
místo. Uzamkněte dvě
pojistky otočením ve
směru hodinových
ručiček.
6.Nasaďte sokl.
Před každým cyklem čištění filtrů.
CZ
7. OVLÁDACÍ PRVKY A
KONTROLKY
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A – Výběr programu – Otočením otočného
ovladače v obou směrech je možné vybrat
požadovaný sušicí program. Pro zrušení výběru
nebo vypnutí sušičky otočte otočným ovladačem
do pozice VYPNUTO.
B – Číslice displeje – Displej zobrazuje zbývající
čas sušení, čas odložení v případě výběru odloženého
spuštění a další nastavení upozornění.
C – Tlačítka –
1. Tlačítko Start/Pauza
Pro spuštění vybraného programu a/nebo jeho
pozastavení.
2. Tlačítko Odložený start
Umožňuje odložit start programu v rozmezí 1 až
24 hodin v hodinových intervalech. Vybrané
zpoždění je zobrazeno na displeji. Po stisknutí
tlačítka START se zobrazený čas hodinu po
hodině snižuje. Otevření plnicího otvoru při
nastaveném odloženém spuštění. Po opětovném
zavření plnicího otvoru stiskněte znovu tlačítko
Start, aby odečet pokračoval.
3. Tlačítko Výběr sušení
Umožňuje nastavit požadovanou úroveň sušení,
kterou lze v prvních 5 minutách po zapnutí cyklu ještě
upravovat:
Na žehlení: Ponechá oděvy mírně vlhké pro
snadnější žehlení.
Suché na pověšení: Oděvy budou připraveny
k pověšení.
Suché do skříně: Pro prádlo, které se může
ihned uložit.
Extra suché: Pro získání úplně suchých
oděvů, ideální pro plnou várku.
Tento spotřebič je vybaven funkcí Správce
sušení. V automatických cyklech je, před
dosažením zvolené úrovně sušení, každý aktuální
stupeň sušení označen blikající kontrolkou.
V případě nekompatibility zablikají všechny LED
kontrolky 3× rychle za sebou.
4. Tlačítko Rychlé / Výběr času cyklu
Některé automatické programy je možné
přepnout do programu RYCHLÉ do 3 minut po
začátku cyklu. Opakované stisknutí prodlužuje čas
(30-45-59 minut).
Po tomto výběru je nutno pro resetování funkce
automatického sušení nutné vypnout sušičku. V
případě nekompatibility zablikají všechny LED
kontrolky 3× rychle za sebou.
Změna programu cyklu z automatického na
programovaný je možná do 3 minut po začátku
cyklu. Opakované stisknutí prodlužuje čas v
10minutových intervalech. Po tomto výběru je
nutno pro resetování funkce automatického
sušení nutné vypnout sušičku. V případě
nekompatibility zablikají všechny LED kontrolky
3× rychle za sebou.
5. Proti pomačkání
Tato možnost umožňuje aktivovat pohyby bubnu
proti pomačkání před zapnutím cyklu, v případě
aktivace odložení a na konci sušícího cyklu. Je
aktivováno každých 10 minut po dobu až 6 hodin
po konci cyklu sušení. Pro zastavení pohybů
nastavte otočný ovladač do polohy VYPNUTO.
Užitečné, pokud není možné ihned vyjmout prádlo.
6. Paměť
Tato volba umožňuje uložit volby nastavené na
cyklu.
PAMĚŤ: když je cyklus v chodu, stiskněte
tlačítko „Paměť“ po dobu 3 sekund. Kontrolka
„Paměť“ třikrát zabliká a nastavené volby se uloží
ve spojení s cyklem vybraným na otočném
ovladači.
VYVOLÁNÍ Z PAMĚTI: po výběru cyklu stiskněte
tlačítko „Paměť“ pro vyvolání uložených možností
(ne cyklu).
7. Zámek
Tato funkce umožňuje blokovat nechtěné změny
nastavených možností na otočném ovladači v
průběhu sušení. Aktivace/deaktivace: stiskněte
současně tlačítka 3 a 4 po dobu dvou sekund. Na
displeji se objeví nápis „LOC“. Odemčení volby,
na displeji se pouze jedenkrát objeví „Unl“. V
případě otevření „plnicího otvoru“, když je
aktivovaný zámek, cyklus se zastaví, ale zámek
zůstane aktivní: pro opětovné zapnutí cyklu
musíte odstranit zámek a znovu zmáčknout
tlačítko Start. Když je sušička vypnutá, je tato
možnost automaticky neaktivní. Zámek lze
upravovat kdykoli během cyklu.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing
the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic dr
ying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
I
t's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals.
After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-
creases
movement of the drum pre
cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activat
ed every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately
the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the opti
ons set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is runni
ng push the
button "memory" for three seconds.
The control
light "memory" flashes for three ti
mes and stores
the set opti
ons connected to the cycle selected
in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selecti
on of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored opt
i
ons
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4
buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The
sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
29
CZ
D– Kontrolky
Zásobník na vodu – rozsvítí se, když je
nutné vyprázdnit nádrž kondenzované vody.
Čištění filtru – rozsvítí se, když je potřeba
vyčistit filtry (filtr ve dveřích a spodní filtr).
E– Wi-Fi (pouze některé modely)
U modelů s funkcí Wi-Fi indikuje ikona, že
systém Wi-Fi funguje.
F– ONE Fi EXTRA oblast – Na rámečku je
vhodné místo pro umístění chytrého telefonu po
dobu zavádění spotřebiče do aplikace.
Postupujte podle pokynů na displeji telefonu
(pouze chytré telefony Android vybavené
technologií NFC).
Maximální hmotnost pro sušení
Bavlna Max. udávaná
kapacita
Syntetické nebo
Jemné Max. 4 kg
Standardní cyklus BAVLNA SUCHÉ ( ) je ener-
geticky nejúčinnější a nejvhodnější pro sušení
normálně mokrého bavlněného prádla.
Tabulka na poslední straně ukazuje přibližné
časy a spotřebu energie hlavních sušících
programů.
Spotřeba energie v režimu
vypnuto 0,40 W
Spotřeba energie v režimu
zapnuto 0,75 W
Kapacita bubnu 125
Maximální náplň Viz energetický štítek
Výška 85 cm
Šířka 60 cm
Hloubka 60 cm
Energetická třída Viz energetický štítek
EN 61121 použijte program
Program sušení vlněného prádla této pračky
byl schválen „The Woolmark Company“ pro
sušení v pračce praného vlněného prádla,
které je práno a sušeno podle pokynů na
štítku prádla a podle pokynů výrobce této
pračky
Ve Spojeném království, Irsku, Hongkongu
a Indii je obchodní známka Woolmark
známkou Certifikace.
Průvodce sušením
Technické údaje
Informace pro zkušební laboratoře
Opravdová délka trvání cyklu závisí na
počáteční vlhkosti prádla s ohledem na
rychlost odstředění, typu a množství náplně,
čistotě filtrů a teplotě okolí.
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
eles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
Le recomendamos que utilice sólo el 20%
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Děkujeme za výběr pračky značky Candy.
Jsme si jisti, že vám pomůže vyprat
oblečení, každý jemný kousek každý den.
Pozorně si přečtěte tento návod pro
správné a bezpečné využití spotřebiče a
pro užitečné tipy ohledně údržby.
Spot
kladném prostudování t chto pokyn
jte tento návod vždy po ruce a v dobrém
ípadného dalšího majitele.
Zkontrolujte, zda je se spotřebičem dodaný
tento návod, záruční list, adresy servisních
středisek a štítek s energetickou účinností.
Zkontrolujte, zda je zástrčka, díl pro
odtokovou hadici a zásobník pracích
prostředků nebo zásobník na bělidlo (pouze u
některých modelů) součástí dodávky. Odložte
si všechny tyto díly na bezpečném místě.
Každý výrobek je označený jedinečným 16-
místním kódem, také zvaným „sériové číslo”,
vytištěným na štítku na spotřebiči (oblast
otvoru) nebo v dokumentaci uvnitř výrobku.
Tento kód je specifickou ID kartou produktu,
kterou potřebujete k registraci a pro kontakt s
Candy servisním střediskem.
Tento spotřebič je označen v
souladu s Evropskou směrnicí
2012/19/EU o odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízeních (OEEZ).
OEEZ obsahují jak znečišťující látky, které
mohou zp sobit negativní dopady na životní
prostředí, tak základní komponenty, které
mohou být znova použity. Proto je důležité
věnovat těmto spotřebičům zvláštní
pozornost při jejich likvidaci, aby byly
problémy v rámci životního prostředí. Je
nutné dodržovat několik základních pravidel:
s OEEZ by nemělo být nakládáno jako s
domovním odpadem;
Životní prostředí
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
-EASY-CARE TEXTILE
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON
EASY
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
M1530.
30
- STANDARDNĚ SUCHÝ BAVLNA
- NA ŽEHLENÍ BAVLNA BÍLÉ
- TEXTIL EASY-CARE SYNTETICKÉ
Před každým cyklem vyčistěte filtr
POUZE PRO SUŠIČKU S KAPACITOU
10-11 KG: VYPOUŠTĚCÍ HADICI PRO
ZNOVUVYUŽITÍ KONDENZOVANÉ VODY
PŘIPOJTE PODLE POKYNŮ V KAPITOLE 2
de garantizar la máxima eficacia de
el color de las prendas.
Tecla MEMORIA
příslu ě
registrovaných podniků.
ř
řebiče vrátit starý spotřebič prodejci, pokud
je zař
slu
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
CZ
3
31
CZ
8. VÝBĚR PROGRAMU A NASTAVENÍ FUNKCE
PROGRAM POPIS PROGRAMU
KAPACITA
(kg)
SUŠENÍ
ČAS
(min)
Úplná péče
Úplná pé
če je exkluzivní cyklus pro sušení dávky
prádla, ve které jsou různé materiály. Když
dosáhnou lehčí materiály optimálního stupně
usušení a jsou připraveny k vyjmutí ze sušičky,
bude 3 minuty blikat text „TC“ a zazní zvukový
signál. Po vyjmutí již usušených kusů bude cyklus
pokra
č
ovat pro zbylé kusy.
3
*
Tmavé barvy Jemný program speciálně určený pro tmavé nebo
barevné bavlněné nebo syntetické oděvy. 4 *
Bílé Ten správný cyklus pro sušení bavlny, houbiček
a ručníků. Plný *
Džíny Určeno pro sušení látek jako jsou džíny nebo
denim. Doporučuje se oděvy před sušením otočit
naruby. 4 *
Tenisky Tento cyklus umožňuje díky speciálnímu košíku
usušit 2 páry plátěných tenisek. Doporučuje se
p
řed suš
ením vyjmout z
bot tkanič
ky.
* Max
120 min
Antialergenní
Specifický cyklus, který suší a zároveň pomáhá
omezit hlavní alergeny, jako jsou částice prachu,
zvířecí chlupy, pyly a zbytky sypkých pracích
prášků.
4 Max
220 min
Vlna
Vlněné oděvy: tento program lze využít k usušení
až 1 kg prádla (asi 3 svetry). Doporučuje se před
sušením obrátit všechno prádlo naruby. Čas se
může změnit s ohledem na rozměry a hustotu
náplně a stupeň odstředění během praní. Na konci
cyklu jsou oděvy připraveny k nošení, ale jsou-li
těžší, mohou mít trochu vlhké okraje: doporučuje se
je usušit na vzduchu. Doporučuje se vyjmout prádlo
na samém konci cyklu. Pozor: proces plstění vlny
je nevratný; sušte prosím výhradně oděvy se
symbolem (symbol „vhodné do sušičky“); tento
program není ur
č
en pro od
ě
vy z
akrylu.
1
70’ min
Protizápachový Ideální cyklus pro odstranění zápachu a vyhlazení
pomačkání oděvů. 2,5 *
XXL náplň
Specifický cyklus určený pro sušení prádla velkých
rozměrů např. záclon a ubrusů. Díky specifickým
pohybům bubnu bude prádlo suché s minimálním
pomačkáním a sklady.
6 Max
220 min
Sportovní Určeno pro oděvy z technických tkanin pro sport
a fitness. Jemné sušení se speciální péčí, která
omezí srážení a znehodnocení elastick
ý
ch vláken. 4 *
Malá náplň Určeno pro rovnoměrné usušení malých náplní. 2 *
Syntetické Pro sušení jemných a syntetických materiálů, které
potřebují přesnou a specifickou péči. 4 *
Bavlna Program bavlna (do skříně) je nejúčinnějším
programem s ohledem na spotřebu energie.
Vhodný na bavlnu a ložní prádlo. Plný *
Košile
Tento specifický cyklus byl navržen pro sušení
košil, tak aby díky specifickým pohybům bubnu
minimalizoval pomačkání a tvorbu skladů.
Doporučuje se vyjmout prádlo ihned po ukončení
suš
ícího cyklu.
2,5
*
Poloha, kterou musíte vybrat, pokud chcete umožnit dálkové ovládání
z aplikace (přes Wi-Fi). Pro více podrobností viz odstavec One Fi Extra.
* Opravdová délka trvání cyklu závisí na počáteční vlhkosti prádla s ohledem na rychlost odstředění, typu a množství
náplně, čistotě filtrů a teplotě okolí.
PROGRAMY A MOŽNOSTI KOMPATIBILITY
PROGRAMY
VOLITELNÉ MOŽNOSTI
Odložené spuštění
Výběr sušení
Rychlý cyklus
Časová volba
Proti pomačkání
Paměť (Paměť)
Úplná péče
Tmavé barvy
Bílé
Džíny
Tenisky
Antialergenní
Vlna
Protizápachový
Syntetické
Bavlna
Košile
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται η συσκευή.
13 14
1 615 10 12 5
7 7 7 7
8 9 411
ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµείνει
µµένη.
ένετε ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
ατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µετην βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµα
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται)
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µ
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον µε
έγεθος
και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγραµµα
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµ
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
τις
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
έναρξη αυτή την
περίπτωση πόρτα
πιέστε πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
r pra ky zna ky Candy
e vám pomůže vyprat
oblečení, každý jemný kousek každý den.
Pozorně si přečtěte tento návod pro
správné a bezpečné využití spotřebiče a
žitečné tipy ohledně údržby.
Spotřebič používejte pouze po
kladném prostudování těchto pokynů.
jte tento návod vždy po ruce a v dobrém
stavu pro případného dalšího majitele.
Zkontrolujte, zda je se spotřebičem dodaný
tento návod, záruční list, adresy servisních
edisek a štítek s energetickou účinností.
Zkontrolujte, zda je zástrčka, díl pro
edků nebo zásobník na bělidlo
kterých modelů) součástí dodávky. Odložte
echny tyto díly na bezpečném místě.
ý výrobek je označený jedinečným 16-
ý číslo”,
ěným na štítku na spotřebiči (oblast
otvoru) nebo v dokumentaci uvnit výrobku.
Tento kód je specifickou ID kartou produktu,
kterou pot
servisním st
Tento spotřebič je označen v
souladu s Evropskou směrnicí
2012/19/EU o odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízeních (OEEZ).
OEEZ obsahují jak znečišťující látky, které
mohou způsobit negativní dopady na životní
prostředí, tak základní komponenty, které
mohou být znova použity. Proto je důležité
věnovat těmto spotřebičům zvláštní
pozornost při jejich likvidaci, aby byly
znečišťující látky řádně zlikvidovány a
materiály, které mohou být znovu využity,
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důležitou roli
při zajištění toho, aby OEEZ nezpůsobily
problémy v rámci životního prostředí. Je
nutné dodržovat několik základních pravidel:
s OEEZ by nemělo být nakládáno jako s
domovním odpadem;
OEEZ by měly být předány k likvidaci n
pš ě ě obcí nebo
registrovaných podniků.
V mnoha zemích lze při zakoupení nového
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič prodejci, pokud
je zařízení ekvivalentního typu a funguje na
stejném principu jako dodané zařízení. Tuto
službu provádí prodejce zdarma.
1. ZÁKLADNÍ BEZPEČNOSTNÍ PRAVIDLA
2. INSTALACE
3.
4. ÚDRŽBA A ČIŠTĚNÍ
5. PŘÍRUČKA RYCHLÉHO STARTU
6. OVLÁDACÍ PRVKY A PROGRAMY
7. CYKLUS SUŠENÍ
8.
AUTOMATICKÝ CYKLUS PRANÍ/SUŠ
Životní prostředí
Obsah
32
√ √ √
- - -
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √ √ √ √
,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
√ √ √
- -
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
o semelhante.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα
αυτό ατα.
√ √ √ √
- -
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
√ √ √
- -
.
να µε την
.
√ √
- - - -
de
να
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
√ √ √ √
- -
XXL náplň
Sportovní
Malá nápl
√
√
Příslušenství pro boty dodané s vaší sušičkou umožňuje sušit až 4
tenisky. Filtr dvířek musíte nahradit roštem. Před vložením bot z nich
vyndejte vložky a dejte je do sušičky.
Centrální háky jsou vhodné také pro pánské boty, zatímco boční háky
jsou určené pro dětské nebo dámské boty (EU 39- UK 5.5).
Doporučujeme otočit bubnem pro kontrolu, zda nic nebrání v otáčení.
Případně můžete umístit dvě boty podrážkami nahoru.
OTY (S ROŠTEM)
33
CZ
34
ONE Fi EXTRA
Tento přístroj je vybaven ONE Fi EXTRA
technologií, která vám umožní přístroj
ovládat na dálku přes aplikaci, a to díky
funkci Wi-Fi.
REGISTRACE PŘÍSTROJE (V APLIKACI)
● Stáhněte aplikaci Hoover Wizard na
Vašem zařízení.
Použitím Android smartphonu vybaveného
t e c h n o l o g i í N F C ( N e a r F i e l d
Communication) je proces registrace
zjednodušen (Rychlá registrace); v takovém
případě postupujte podle pokynů na displeji
telefonu, umístěte a držte jej poblíž loga
ONE Fi EXTRA na ovládacím panelu
přístroje, pokud k tomu aplikace vyzývá.
POZNÁMKY:
Pokud neznáte pozici NFC antény,
krouživými pohyby lehce pohybujte
chytrým telefonem nad logem ONE
Fi EXTRA dokud aplikace nepotvrdí
připojení. Aby byl přenos dat
úspěšný, je nutné UDRŽOVAT
CHYTRÝ TELEFON V BLÍZKOSTI
OVLÁDACÍHO PANELU BĚHEM
CELÉHO NĚKOLIKAVTEŘINOVÉHO
PŘIPOJENÍ. Následně Vás bude
zařízení informovat o správném
výsledku operace a oznámí Vám, že
je možné přesunout se s chytrým
telefonem kamkoliv.
Silné obaly nebo metalické nálepky
na smartfonu mohou ovlivnit nebo
bránit přenosu dat mezi telefonem a
spotřebičem. V případě potřeby je
odstraňte.
Nahrazení některých komponentů
smartphonu (např. zadní kryt,
baterie, atd.) neoriginálním, by
mohlo vést k odstranění NFC antény.
Aplikace Hoover Wizard je dostupná pro
zařízení se systémem Android a iOS, a to
jak pro tablety i pro smartphony.
Získejte všechny podrobnosti o funkcích
ONE Fi EXTRA procházením aplikace v
režimu DEMO.
● Otevřete aplikaci, vytvořte profil uživatele a
zaregistrujte přístroj podle pokynů na displeji
zařízení nebo pomocí "Rychlého
průvodce" přiloženého u Vašeho přístroje.
Umístěte smartfon tak, že NFC anténa
na zadní straně odpovídá pozici ONE Fi
EXTRA logu spotřebiče.
PARAMETRY BEZDRÁTOVÉHO PŘIPOJENÍ
Wi-Fi standard
802.11 b/g/n
Rozsah frekvencí
Maximální rychlost přenosu
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parametr
Specifikace
Minimální přijímací citlivost
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Poznámka: V případě otevření dveří s
aktivním dálkovým ovládáním, resetujte
připojení k aplikaci, zavřete dveře a stiskněte
start. Cyklus bude pokračovat od bodu
přerušení.
POVOLIT VZDÁLENÉ OVLÁDÁNÍ
(PŘES APLIKACI)
Po registraci přístroje, pokaždé když
chcete, aby bylo možné ovládat přístroj
vzdáleně prostřednictvím aplikace,
nejprve musíte vložit prádlo, čisticí
prostředek, zavřít dveře a vybrat pozici
ONE Fi EXTRA na přístroji. Od té chvíle
jej můžete ovládat pomocí příkazů
aplikace.
35
9.
ODSTRANĚNÍ PŘÍPADNÝCH PROBLÉMŮ
Sušička je hlučná…
●Vypněte sušičku a obraťte se na
autorizovaný servis.
Svítí kontrolka...
● Není nutné vyčistit filtr?
Svítí kontrolka...
● Není nutné vyprázdnit zásobník vody?
Co může být příčinou...
Vady, které můžete opravit sami
Dříve než se obrátíte na pracovníky servisu a
požádáte je o technickou radu, projděte si
následující kontrolní seznam. Pokud se zjistí,
že spotřebič funguje, že byl nainstalován
nesprávně nebo že byl nesprávně používán,
bude vám účtován poplatek.
Pokud problém po dokončení doporučených
kontrol přetrvává, obrate se na pracovníky
servisu, kteří vám prostřednictvím telefonu
pomohou.
Doba do konce se může během cyklu měnit.
Čas do konce se nepřetržitě kontroluje během
sušení a čas se upravuje pro nejlepší informaci.
Zobrazený čas se může prodloužit nebo zkrátit
během cyklu a to je normální.
Doba sušení je příliš dlouhá nebo prádlo není
dostatečně suché...
● Zvolili jste správnou dobu sušení nebo správný
program?
●Nebylo prádlo příliš vlhké? Bylo prádlo důkladně
vyždímáno nebo řádně odstředěno?
●Není nutné vyčistit filtr?
●Není sušička přetížena?
Sušička nefunguje...
●Má sušička funkční elektrické napájení?
●Napájení zkontrolujte zapojením jiného
spotřebiče do zásuvky, například stolní lampy?
●Je zástrčka řádně zapojena do zásuvky?
●Nedošlo k výpadku dodávky elektřiny?
●Nejsou spálené pojistky?
●Jsou dvířka úplně zavřená?
●Je sušička zapnuta jak u přívodu napájení, tak
na spotřebiči?
●Byla provedena volba doby sušení nebo
programu?
●Zapnuli jste sušičku po otevření dvířek?
Zákaznický servis
Náhradní díly
Servis
Vždy používejte originální náhradní díly,
které vám poskytnou přímo pracovníci
servisu.
Ohledně servisu a oprav se obracejte na
pracovníky autorizovaného servisu.
Výrobce neodpovídá za žádné případné
tiskové chyby v tomto návodu. Výrobce si
dále vyhrazuje právo na provedení úprav
svých produktů bez nutnosti změny
důležitých vlastností.
Pokud bude k potížím se sušičkou docházet i po
dokončení všech doporučených kontrol, obraťte se
na pracovníky servisu.
Pracovníci servisu vám pomohou prostřednictvím
telefonu nebo vám zařídí návštěvu technika podle
podmínek vaší záruky. Jestliže však bude zjištěna
některá z následujících skutečností, bude vám
účtován poplatek.
●Sušička je ve funkčním stavu.
●Sušička není nainstalována v souladu s pokyny
pro instalaci.
●Sušička nebyla používána správně.
PARAMETRY BEZDRÁTOVÉ SÍTĚ
Bezdrátový standard
ISO/IEC 14443 Typ A und NFC Forum Typ 4
Frekvenční pásmo
Limit magnetického pole
13.553-13.567 MHz (Mittenfrequenz 13.560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (bei 10 metrech)
Parametr
Technické údaje
Společnost Candy Hoover Group Srl,
prohlašuje, že tento spotřebič
označený je v souladu se
základními požadavky směrnice
2014/53/EU. Pokud chcete získat kopii
prohlášení o shodě, obraťte se na
výrobce na:
www.hooveronetouch.com/how-to
CZ
36
Obsah
Prečítajte si dôkladne a dodržiavajte tieto
pokyny. Tento návod poskytuje dôležité
rady pre bezpečné použitie, inštaláciu,
údržbu a niekoľko užitočných rád pre
najlepšie využitie spotrebiča.
Odložte si kompletnú dokumentáciu na
bezpečnom mieste pre prípadné použitie v
budúcnosti alebo pre ďalšieho majiteľa.
Skontrolujte, či balenie obsahuje
&nasledujúce položky:
●Návod na obsluhu
●Záručný list
●Energetický štítok
.Umiestnením symbolu na tento
spotrebič prehlasujeme zhodu so všetkými
platnými Európskymi požiadavkami
ohľadom bezpečnosti, zdravia a životného
prostredia týkajúcimi sa tohto spotrebiča.
Skontrolujte, či nebolo zariadenie
počas prepravy poškodené. Pokiaľ
áno, obráťte sa na pracovníkov
servisu.
Nedodržaním vyššie uvedených
pokynov môžete negatívne ovplyvniť
bezpečnosť spotrebiča. V prípade
poruchy spôsobenej nesprávnou
manipuláciou budete hradiť servisný
zásah.
1. BEZPEČNOSTNÉ UPOZORNENIA
2. SÚPRAVA ODTOKOVEJ HADICE:
POKYNY &PRE INŠTALÁCIU
3. PRÍPRAVA BIELIZNE
4. ČISTENIE A BEŽNÁ ÚDRŽBA
5. ZÁSOBNÍK VODY
6. DVIERKA FILTER
7. OVLÁDACIE PRVKY A
KONTROLKY
8. VÝBER PROGRAMU A FUNKCÍ
9. ODSTRÁNENIE PRÍPADNÝCH
PROBLÉMOV
37
1.
Bezpečnostné upozornenia
● Tento spotrebič môžu používať
deti od 8 rokov a osoby s
obmedzenými
fyzickými, senzorickými alebo
mentálnymi schopnosťami,
a l e bo be z d o s t a t oč n ý c h
skúseností a znalostí, ak
boli poučené o správnom a
bezpečnom použití spotrebiča
osobou zodpovednou za ich
bezpečnosť a porozumeli
možným rizikám. Nedovoľte
deťom hrať sa so spotrebičom.
Čistenie a údržbu nesmú
vykonávať deti bez dohľadu.
Deti do 3 rokov majte neustále
pod dohľadom.
●VAROVANIE: Nesprávne
použitie sušičky môže zvýšiť
riziko požiaru.
● Tento spotrebič je určený na
použitie v domácnos ti a
podobnom prostredí:
- Zamestnanecké kuchyne v
predajniach, kanceláriách a inom
pracovnom prostredí;
- Na farmách
- Klientmi hotelov, motelov a v
podobnom type ubytovacieho
zariadenia;
- V mieste pre výdaj raňajok.
Iné použitie spotrebiča od
použitia v domácnosti alebo pre
typické domáce využitie, ako sú
komerčné účely expertmi alebo
skúsenými používateľmi, sú
vylúčené z vyššie uvedených
spôsobov použitia.
Ak sa spotrebič používa
nesprávne, môže sa skrátiť jeho
životnosť a nebudete mať právo
na záručnú opravu. Akékoľvek
p o š k o d e n i e s p o t r e b i č a
s p ô s o b e n é n e s p r á v n y m
použitím (aj keď je spotrebič v
domácnosti) nie je akceptované
výrobcom.
● Tento spotrebič sa môže
používať len na určený účel
podľa popise v tomto návodu.
Uistite sa, či rozumiete všetkým
pokynom na inštaláciu a
p o u ž i t i e p r e d o b s l u h o u
spotrebiča.
●Nedotýkajte sa spotrebiča
mokrými rukami.
●Nesadajte si na dvierka ani ich
nepoužívajte na dvíhanie
samotného spotrebiča.
●Nedovoľte deťom hrať sa so
spotrebičom alebo ovládačmi.
SK
38
●VAROVANIE. Nepoužívajte
spotrebič, ak nie je jeho filter na
mieste, alebo je poškodený;
chumáče sa môžu vznietiť.
● VA R O VA N I E . N a m i e s t e
označenom symbolom horúceho
povrchu , môže teplota vystúpiť
nad 60°C.
●Odpojte zástrčku od sieťové
zásuvky. Pred čistením odpojte
zástrčku od sieťovej zásuvky.
●Ak je spotrebič poškodený,
nepoužívajte ho.
●Zabráňte hromadeniu chumáčov
a vlákien na podlahe v okolí
spotrebiča.
●Konečný cyklus sušičky prebieha
bez ohrevu (cyklus chladenia) pre
zaistenie teploty bielizne, ktorá ju
nepoškodí.
●Sušička sa nesmie používať, ak
ste na čistenie bielizne použili
priemyslové chemikálie.
●VAROVANIE: Nikdy nezastavuje
sušičku pred dokončením cyklu, ak
rýchlo nevyberiete všetky diely
bielizne a nerozprestriete ich pre
odvod tepla.
●Maximálna náplň sušenia: viď
energetický štítok.
Inštalácia
●Nep o užívajt e adapté r y,
mnohonásobné zásuvky a
predlžovacie káble.
●Nikdy neinštalujte sušičku
oproti záclone a zabráňte pádu
predmetov za sušičku.
●Spotrebič sa nesmie inštalovať
za uzamykateľné dvere,
posuvné dvere alebo dvere na
opačnej strane k sušičke.
Dôležité: Počas prepravy
zaistite, aby spotrebič stál v
horizontálnej polohe, a v
prípade potreby ho nakloňte na
jednu stranu;
Upozornenie: Po premiestnení
spotrebiča počkajte najmenej
4 hodiny pred opätovným
zapnutím, aby mohol olej
natiecť späť do kompresora.
Nedodržaním vyššie uvedených
pokynov by ste mohli poškodiť
kompresor.
39
●V sušičke nesušte nevypranú
bielizeň.
●VAROVANIE: Nesušte látky
ošetrené čistiacimi prostriedky.
●VAROVANIE: Materiály z
penovej gumy sa môžu za
určitých okolností vznietiť pri
nadmernom zahriatí. Predmety
ako je penová guma (latexová
pe na ) , k úpa ci a či ap ka,
vodeodolné textílie, gumové
predmety alebo vankúše
plnené penou SA NESMÚ sušiť
v sušičke.
●Vždy si prečítajte informácie o
vhodnosti sušenia na štítku
bielizne.
●Bielizeň pred vložením do
sušičky dôkladne vyžmýkajte.
Bielizeň, z ktorej kvapká voda,
nedávajte do sušičky.
●Zapaľovače a zápalky
nenechávajte vo vreckách a
NIKDY nepoužívajte v blízkosti
spotrebiča horľavé tekutiny.
●Záclony so skleneným
vláknom NIKDY nedávajte do
spotrebiča. V prípade
kontaminácie ostatnej bielizne
skleneným vláknom môže
dôjsť k podráždeniu pokožky.
●Predmety znečistené olejom,
a c e t ó n o m , a l k o h o l o m ,
benzínom, kerozénom,
o d s t r a ň o v a č o m š k v ŕ n ,
te r pe ntí nom , vo sko m a
odstraňovačom vosku musíte
vyprať v horúcej vode s
The Laundry
d o s t a t o č n ý m m n o ž s t v o m
pracieho prostriedku pred
sušením v bubnovej sušičke.
● A v i vá že a l e bo p o do bn é
prostriedky musíte používať
podľa pokynov na obale.
Vetranie
● V miestnosti inštalácie
spotrebiča musíte zaistiť
dostatočné vetranie, aby ste
zabránili vťahovaniu iných
p l y n o v z o s p o t r e b i čo v
spaľujúcich iné palivá do
miestnosti počas prevádzky
sušičky.
● Inštalujte zadnú stenu
spotrebiča do blízkosti steny
alebo vertikálnej plochy.
● Medzi spotrebičom a
okolitými prekážkami musí byť
voľný priestor najmenej 12
mm. Vstup a výstup vzduchu
nikdy neblokujte. Pre zaistenie
dobrého vetrania nesmiete
nikdy blokovať voľný priestor
medzi dnom spotrebiča a
podlahou.
● Pravidelne kontrolujte
voľnosť priechodu vzduchu.
● Po použití kontrolujte filter, v
prípade potreby vyčistite.
SK
40
Spotrebič neinštalujte
v mieste s nízkou teplotou,
alebo kde môže mrznúť. Pri
teplote okolo bodu mrazu
nemusí spotrebič fungovať
s p r á v n e: h ro z í r i z i ko
p oš k o d e n i a , a k v o d a
zamrzne v hydraulickom
obvode (ventily, hadice,
čerpadlá). Pre lepšiu funkciu
spotrebiča musí byť okolitá
teplota v rozsahu až 5-35°C.
Prevádzka v studenom
prostredí (od +2 do +5°C)
môže spôsobiť kondenzáciu
a k v a p kanie vody na
podlahu.
● Zabráňte pádu alebo
hromadeniu predmetov za
sušičkou, pretože tieto môžu
blokovať vstup a výstup
vzduchu.
● NIKDY neinštalujte sušičku
oproti záclone.
● V prípade inštalácie sušičky
na práčku musíte použiť
vhodný podstavec podľa -
Montážna súprava 35100019:
pre práčky s minimálnou hĺbkou
49 cm
- Montážna súprava 35900120:
pro pračky s minimálnou hĺbkou
51 cm Súprava musí byť z
vyššie uvedených, zakúpite v
našom servisnom stredisku
alebo u predajcu.
nasledujúcej konfigurácie.
Pokyny k montáži súpravy sú
dodané s montážnou súpravou.
UPOZORNENIE:
spotrebič nesmie byť
napájaný prostredníctvom
externého spínacieho
zariadenia, ako je časovač,
ani pripojený k obvodu,
ktorý je pravidelne vypínaný
obsluhou.
Air Outlets in the Base
41
Životné prostredie
● Všetky obalové materiály sú šetrné voči
životnému prostrediu a sú recyklovateľné.
Pomôžte zlikvidovať obalové materiály vhodným
spôsobom. Podrobnejšie informácie získate na
miestnej správe.
● Pre zaistenie bezpečnosti pri likvidácii starého
spotrebiča odpojte zástrčku od sieťovej zásuvky,
odrežte prívodný kábel a zlikvidujte ho spoločne so
zástrčkou. Aby ste zabránili uväzneniu detí v
spotrebiči, znefunkčnite závesy alebo zámok
dvierok.
Európska smernica 2012/19/EU
WEEE obsahuje škodlivé látky
(ktoré môžu mať negatívny vplyv na životné
prostredie) a základné komponenty (ktoré je
možné opätovne využiť). Je dôležité zaistiť pre
WEEE správne spracovanie, na odstránenie a
likvidáciu všetkých škodlivín a obnovu všetkých
recyklovateľných materiálov. Jednotlivci môžu
zohrať dôležitú úlohu v zaistení, že sa WEEE
nestane nebezpečným odpadom; je dôležité
dodržiavať základné pravidlá:
- WEEE sa nesmie likvidovať spoločne s
domovým odpadom.
- WEEE sa musí odniesť na príslušné zberné
miesto na likvidáciu a recykláciu. V mnohých
krajinách sa nachádzajú veľké zberne WEEE. V
mnohých krajinách môžete pri kúpe nového
spotrebiča predajcovi bezplatne vrátiť váš starý
spotrebič ekvivalentného typu.
GIAS Servis
● Pre zaistenie neustálej bezpečnosti a spoľahlivej
prevádzky spotrebiča musí opravy vykonávať
autorizovaný servisný technik GIAS.
Požiadavky na elektrické pripojenie
Bubnové sušičky sú určené pre prevádzku s
napätím 220-240 V, 50 Hz. Skontrolujte, či je
hodnota obvodu zdrojového napájania
najmenej 6 A.
Elekt ri cký prúd môže b yť veľmi
nebezpečný. Tento spotrebič je nutné
uzemniť.
Elektrická zásuvka a zástrčka spotrebiča
musí byť rovnakého typu.
Nepoužívajte viacnásobné adaptéry a/ani
predlžovacie káble.
Zástrčka musí zostať po inštalácii
spotrebiča ľahko prístupná.
V prípade nesprávnej inštalácie uhradíte
náklady spojené s opravou spotrebiča.
Nastavenie nožičiek
Po umiestnení sušičky na
miesto by mali byť nožičky
upravené tak, aby bol
spotrebič vo vodorovné
polohe.
Obsahuje fluorované skleníkové plyny.
Hermeticky zatvorené.
Tento spotrebič je označený v súlade s
Európskou smernicou 2012/19/EC o
likvidácii elektrického a elektronického
vybavenia (WEEE)
V prípade poškodenia prívodného kábla sa
musí vymeniť za špeciálny kábel dostupný v
autorizovanom servise. Musí ho inštalovať
kompetentná osoba.
Spotrebič zapojte do siete až po ukončení
inštalácie. Pre vašu bezpečnosť je nutné,
aby sušička bola správne inštalovaná. Ak máte
pochybnosti o inštalácii, požiadajte pracovníkov
servisu o radu.
SK
GWP1430
42
1
2. SÚPRAVA ODTOKOVEJ
HADICE: POKYNY K MONTÁŽI
Aby ste nemuseli vylievať vodu po každom cykle
sušenia, vodu môžete vypúšťať priamo do odpadu
(rovnaké ako pri dreze). Zákon o vode zakazuje
pripojenie k odtoku povrchovej vody.
Systém potrubia odtoku odpadovej vody je nutné
inštalovať do blízkosti sušičky.
Súprava obsahuje:1 hadicu a 1 záslepku.
UPOZORNENÍIE Pred vykonávaním
nasledujúcich krokov spotrebič vypnite a odpojte
od elektrickej siete.
Namontujte súpravu následovne:
1. Nakloňte spotrebič
mierne doprava.
2. Rúrka odpadovej
vody je inštalovaná na
pravej strane spotrebiča
(viď obrázok). Sivá
hadica sa pripája k
premosteniu na ľavej
s t r a n e s p o t r e bi č a.
Pomocou klieští zložte
s p o n u h a d i c e z
premostenia.
3. Stiahnite hadicu z
premostení.
4. Pripojte čiernu
hadicu zo sady,
(pomocou spojky a
sp ô n), k h a dic i
o d p o j e n e j z
premostenia.
5. Inštalujte novú
odtokovú hadicu k
hadici odpadovej
vody.
6. Po postavení
spotrebiča na miesto
skontrolujte dno pre
z a i s t e n i e , a b y
nebola nová hadica
p r i š k r i p n u t á p o
umiestnení sušičky
na miesto.
Pripojte k elektrickej
sieti.
2
3
4
5
Upozornenie: ak bol spotrebič naklonený
na inú stranu, pred zapnutím počkajte
najmenej 4 hodiny, aby mohol olej natiecť
späť do kompresora. V opačnom prípade
môže dôjsť k poškodeniu kompresora.
6
43
3. PRÍPRAVA BIELIZNE
Pred prvým použitím sušičky:
● Prečítajte si dôkladne tento návod.
● Vyberte všetky predmety z bubna.
● Utrite vnútro bubna a dvierka vlhkou utierkou
pre odstránenie prípadného prachu z prepravy.
Uistite sa, či je bielizeň, ktorú sa chystáte sušiť,
vhodná na sušenie v sušičke, podľa symbolov na
bielizni. Uistite sa, či sú zatvorené všetky zipsy a či
sú vrecká prázdne. Bielizeň otočte lícom dovnútra.
Vložte bielizeň voľne do bubna a skontrolujte, či nie
je spletená.
Príprava bielizne
Nesušte v sušičke:
Vlnu, hodváb, jemné látky, nylonové pančuchy,
jemné výšivky, látky s kovovou dekoráciou,
bielizeň s PVC alebo kožou.
Dôležité: Nesušte bielizeň, ktorá bola
ošetrená nasucho čiftičom alebo pogumované
odevy (hrozí riziko požiaru alebo explózie).
Počas posledných 15 minút sa bielizeň suší v
studenom vzduchu.
Do sušičky vkladajte len dôkladne odstredenú
bielizeň. Čím suchšie bielizeň, tým kratší je čas
sušenia a tiež nižšia spotreba energie.
VŽDY
● Skontrolujte pred každým cyklom sušenia, či je
čistý filter.
NIKDY
● Nedávajte kvapkajúcu bielizeň do bubna, mohli
by ste poškodiť spotrebič.
Úspora energie
. .
.
Rozdeľte bielizeň následovne
Nepreťažujte bubon, pri namočení veľkých
kusov bielizne dôjsť k prekročeniu maximálnej
náplne (napríklad: spacáky, deky).
Ak nemá bielizeň symbol o ošetrení, musíte
ju brať ako nevhodnú pre sušenie v
spotrebiči.
● Podľa množstva a hrúbky
Kedykoľvek je náplň väčšia ako kapacita
sušičky, rozdeľte bielizeň podľa hrúbky (napr.
uteráky od tenkej spodnej bielizne).
● Podľa typu látky
Bavlna/ľan: uteráky, bavlnený úplet, posteľný
a stolový ľan.
Syntetická: halenky, košele, overaly atď. z
polyesteru alebo polyamidu aj zmes bavlny/
syntetických látok.
4. Čistenie a bežná údržba
UPOZORNENIE! Bubon, dvierka a bielizeň
môžu byť veľmi horúce.
DÔLEŽITÉ Pred čistením spotrebiča ho
vždy vypnite a odpojte od elektrickej siete.
Ohľadne elektrických parametrov viď
výrobný štítok na prednej strane skrinky
spotrebiča (s otvorenými dvierkami).
Čistenie sušičky
● Vyčistite filter a vylejte zásobník vody po každom
cykle sušenia.
● Filtre čistite pravidelne.
● Po každom použití utrite vnútro bubna a nechajte
dvierka pootvorené pre umožnenie cirkulácie
vzduchu a vysušenie.
● Utrite vonkajší povrch spotrebiča a dvierka
spotrebiča mäkkou utierkou.
● NEPOUŽÍVAJTE drsné špongie ani čistiace
prostriedky.
● Aby ste zabránili prilepeniu dvierok alebo
hromadeniu vláken, vyčistite vnútornú časť dvierok
a tesnenie vlhkou utierkou po každom cykle
sušenia.
● Podľa symbolu ošetrenia
Môžete ich nájsť na golieri alebo vnútornom šve:
Vhodné pre sušenie v sušičke.
Sušenie pri vysokej teplote.
Sušenie len pri nízkej teplote.
Nesušiť v sušičke.
SK
44
5. Zásobník vody
Voda odstránená z bielizne počas cyklu sušenia
sa zhromažďuje v zásobníku vo vnútri dvierok
sušičky. Ak je zásobník plný, rozsvieti sa
kontrolka na ovládacom paneli a MUSÍTE
vyprázdniť zásobník vody. Zásobník odporúčame
vyprázdniť po každom cykle.
POZNÁMKA: počas prvých cyklov nového
spotrebiča sa nahromadí veľmi malé množstvo
vody, pretože sa najskôr naplní interná nádrž.
Vybratie zásobníka z dvierok
1 . J e m n e v y t i a h n i t e
zásobník vodyuchopením
za rukoväť.(A)
Keď je zásobník vody
plný, váži približne 6kg.
2.Nakloňte zásobníkvody
pre vyliatie vodycez otvor.
(B)
Po vyliatí nasaďte zásobník
vody podľa obrázka; (C)
najskôr vložte základňu
zásobníka na miesto podľa
obrázka (1), potom jemne
zatlačte hornú časť do
správnej pozície (2).
3.Stlačením
tlačidlareštartujte cyklus.
A
B
1C
POZNÁMKA: Ak máte
možnosť vypúšťania
vody v blízkosti sušičky,
j e m o ž n é p o u ž i ť
vypúšťaciu sadu pre
trvalé vypúšťanie vody
zo sušičky. Potom
už nemusíte pravidelne
manuálne vyprázdňovať
zásobník.
OBSLUHA
1.Otvorte dvierka a naplňte bubon
bielizňou.Bielizeň nesmie brániť zatvoreniu
dverí.
2.Pomaly zatlačte a opatrne dvierka
z a t v o r t e , p o k ý m n e b u d e t e p o č u ť
„zaklapnutie".
3.Otočením voliča programov zvoľte
požadovaný p ro gr am su še ni a (viď
Sprievodcasušením).
4.Stlačte tlačidlo . Sušička sa automaticky
spustí a kontrolka nad tlačidlom bude
nepretržite svietiť.
5.Ak v priebehu programu otvoríte
dvierkasušičky pre kontrolu bielizne, po
zatvorenídvierok musíte stlačiť tlačidlo .
6.Keď sa cyklus blíži ku koncu, sušička
prejdedo fázy chladenia, bielizeň sa bude
otáčať vstudenom vzduchu, čo umožňuje
vychladenienáplne spotrebiča.
7 . P o d o k o n č e n í c y k l u s a b u b o n
otáčaprerušovane pre minimalizáciu
pokrčenia.Toto pokračuje až do vypnutia
spotrebiča alebo do otvorenia dvierok.
8 . P o d o k o n č e n í p r o g r a m u s a
rozsvietikontrolka
Neotvárajte dvierka počas automatických
programov pre zaistenie správneho sušenia.
45
6.
Dvierka a filter
.Potiahnutím rukoväti otvorte dvierka.
Pre reštartovanie sušičky zatvorte dvierka a
stlačte Štart/Pauza
VAROVANIE! Ak je sušička v prevádzke,
bubon a dvierka môžu byť VEĽMI HORÚCE.
Filter
DÔLEŽITÉ: aby bola zachovaná účinnosť sušičky,
skontrolujte pred každým cyklom sušenia, či je
prachový filter čistý .
.
1.Potiahnite hore.
2.Otvorte filter podľa
obrázka.
3.J e m n e o d s t r á ň t e
vlákna pomocou mäkkej
kefy aleboprstov.
4. Z a cva k n ete f ilte r
anasaďte na miesto.
1
2
Indikátor údržby filtra
Svieti v prípade potreby vyčistenia filtra. Ak sa
bielizeň nesuší, skontrolujte, či nie sú upchaté
filtre.
AK ČISTÍTE FILTER POD VODOU,
NEZABUDNITE HO VYSUŠIŤ.
VAROVANIE! otvoríte dvierka uprostred
cyklu, pred dokončením fázy chladenia, rukoväť
môže byť horúca. Zvýšte pozornosť pri vy-
prázdnení zásobníka vody počas cyklu.
Čistenie filtra kondenzátora
1.Zložte sokel.
2 . O t o č t e d v e
uzamykacie páčky proti
smer u h o d i n o vých
ručičiek avytiahnite
predný kryt.
3.Jemne zložte rám
filtraa odstráňte prach a
iné nečistoty z filtra. Na
č i s t e n i e f i l t r a
nepoužívajte vodu.
4.Jemne zložte penový
filter a umyte ho pod
tečúcou vodou tak,
abyste z neho odstránili
prach a chumáče.
5 . N a sa ď t e p r ed n ý
krytsprávne (podľa
šípky)a pevne zatlačte
n a m i e s t o .
Uzamknitedve poistky
o t o č e n í m v s m e r e
hodinovýchručičiek.
6.Nasaďte sokel.
1
2
3
4
5
Pred každým cyklom čistenia filtrov.
SK
SK
7. OVLÁDACIE PRVKY A
UKAZOVATELE
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Volič programu - Otáčaním voliča v oboch
smeroch je možné zvoliť požadovaný program
sušenia. Ak chcete zrušiť voľby alebo vypnúť
sušičku, otočte volič do polohy OFF.
B - Digitálny displej - Na displeji sa zobrazí
zostávajúci čas sušenia, odložený čas v prípade
odloženého výberu štartu a ďalšie nastavenia
upozornení.
C - Tlačidlá -
1. Tlačidlo Start/Pause (Štart/Pauza)
Spustenie vybratého programu a / alebo jeho
pozastavenie.
2. Tlačidlo Odložený štart
Umožňuje odložiť spustenie programu od 1 do 24
hodín v 1-hodinových intervaloch. Zvolené
oneskorenie sa zobrazí na displeji.
Po stlačení tlačidla ŠTART sa zobrazi na displeji
zostávajúci čas poklesom po 1 hodine.
Ak otvoríte okenné dvierka, keď je na spotrebiči
nastavený oneskorený štart, po opätovnom zat-
vorení pkenných dvierok, stlačte tlačidlo Štart pre
pokračovanie odpočítavania.
3. Tlačidlo výberu sušenia
Umožňuje nastaviť požadovanú možnosť úrovne
sušenia, ktorá je upraviteľná až do 5 minút po
začiatku spustenia cyklu:
Pripravené na žehlenie: Ponecháva oble-
čenie mierne vlhké, aby sa uľahčilo žehlenie.
Suché na zavesenie: Pripraví odev na zave-
senie.
Suché do skrine: Pre bielizeň, ktorú je možné
priamo uložiť.
Extra suché: Získa úplne suché odevy,
ideálne pre okamžité použitie.
Tieto spotrebiče sú vybavené funkciou Drying
Manager. Pri automatických cykloch je každá
úroveň prostredného sušenia pred dosiahnutím
zvolenej úrovne indikovaná blikaním indikátora
zodpovedajúcemu dosiahnutému stupňu sušenia.
V prípade nezlučiteľnosti, všetky LED diódy rýchlo
trikrát zablikajú.
4. Tlačidlo Rapid (rýchly program) / výber
časového cyklu
Je možné prepnúť niektorý z automatických pro-
gramov na program RAPID až do 3 minút po
začiatku cyklu. Progresívny tlak zvyšuje čas (30-
45-59 minút).
Po tejto voľbe, aby ste vynulovali funkciu auto-
matického sušenia, je potrebné vypnúť sušičku.
V prípade nezlučiteľnosti, všetky LED diódy rýchlo
trikrát zablikajú.
Je možné transformovať cyklus z automatického
na naprogramovaný až do 3 minút od začiatku
spustenia cyklu. Progresívny tlak zvyšuje čas v
10-minútových intervaloch. Po tejto voľbe, aby
ste vynulovali funkciu automatického sušenia, je
potrebné vypnúť sušičku. V prípade nezlučiteľnosti
,
všetky LED diódy rýchlo trikrát zablikajú.
5. Proti krčeniu
V prípade aktivácie oneskorenia a na konci cyklu
sušenia, táto možnosť aktivuje v pred cyklu
pohyb bubna proti krčeniu. Aktivuje sa každých
10 minút, až 6 hodín po ukončení cyklu sušenia.
Ak chcete zastaviť pohyby, nastavte volič do
pozície OFF. (VYP.) Táto funkcia je užitočná,
keď nie je možné okamžite vybrať bielizeň.
6. Pamäť
Táto možnosť Vám umožňuje uložiť nastavenia
nastavené v cykle.
MEMORY (PAMÄŤ): po spustení cyklu stlačte
tlačidlo "memory" na tri sekundy. Kontrolka "me-
mory" trikrát blikne a uloží nastavené možnosti
pripojené k zvolenému cyklu.
RECALL (VYVOLANIE): po výbere cyklu, stlačte
tlačidlo "memory" pre vyvolanie uložených volieb
(nie pre cyklus)
7. Zámok
Táto funkcia umožňuje zablokovať nežiaduce
zmeny v nastavených možnostiach počas sušenia.
Aktivácia / deaktivácia: súčasne stlačte tlačidlá 3
a 4 na dve sekundy. Na displeji sa zobrazí nápis
"LOC". Ak odomknete túto možnosť, na displeji
sa zobrazí len raz symbol "Unl". V prípade
otvorenia "okenných dvierok" s aktivovaným
zámkom sa cyklus zastaví, ale zámok sa
zachová: pri opätovnom spustení cyklu musíte
odstrániť zámok a obnoviť štart. Keď je sušička
vypnutá, táto možnosť sa automaticky deaktivuje.
Uzamknutie tlačidiel sa dá v danom cykle kedy-
koľvek zmeniť.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
46
D- Led
Nádrž na vodu - Rozsvieti sa, keď je potreb-
né vyprázdniť nádrž na kondenzovanú vodu.
Čistenie filtra - Rozsvieti sa, keď je potrebné
vyčistiť filtre (filter vo dverách a spodný filter).
E- Wi-Fi (iba niektoré modely)
Na modeloch s možnosťou Wi-Fi táto ikona ozna-
muje, že Wi-Fi systém pracuje.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA oblasť - Na rámčeku je vhodné
miesto, na ktorom je položený smartphone počas
zápisu spotrebiča do APP (aplikácie). Postupujte
podľa pokynov zobrazených na displeji telefónu
(iba pre smartphone s Androidom a s technoló-
giou NFC).
Maximálna hmotnosť pri sušení
Bavlna Maximálna
deklarovaná kapacita
Syntetické alebo
jemné látky Max. 4 kg
Štandardný cyklus COTTON DRY ( ) je ener-
geticky najvýhodnejší a najvhodnejší na sušenie
bežne mokrej bavlny..
Tabuľka na poslednej strane zobrazuje približnú
časovú a energetickú spotrebu hlavných sušiacich
programov.
Spotreba energie v režime
vypnutia 0,40 W
Spotreba energie v režime
zapnutia 0,75 W
Kapacita bubna 125
Maximálne zaťaženie Pozri energetický štítok
Výška 85 cm
Šírka 60 cm
Hĺbka 60 cm
Energetická trieda Pozri energetický štítok
EN 61121 Program na použitie
Skutočná dĺžka cyklu sušenia závisí
od počiatočnej úrovne vlhkosti bielizne v
dôsledku rýchlosti odstreďovania, typu a
množstva zaťaženia, čistoty filtrov a teploty
okolia.
Cyklus tohto zariadenia na sušenie vlny
schválila spoločnosť „The Woolmark Company“
na sušenie vlnených produktov umývateľných
v práčke za predpokladu, že sa tieto produkty
umývajú a sušia podľa pokynov na oblečení
a podľ ý
V Spojenom kráľovstve, Írsku, Hongkongu
a Indii je ochranná známka Woolmark certifi-
kačnou ochrannou známkou.
Informácie pre skúšobné laboratóriá
Technické špecifikácie
Sprievodca sušenia
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
M1524.
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
1
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
1
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
cleaning It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E Wi i (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
1
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
125
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
M1530.
a
pokynov
robcu
tohto
zariadenia
v
47
SK
Pred každým cyklom vyčistite filtre
- ŠTANDARDNE SUCHÁ BAVLNA
- SUCHÁ BAVLNA NA ŽEHLENIE BIELA
- JEDNODUCHÁ STAROSTLIVOSŤ
O TEXTIL SYNTETIKA
IBA PRE BUBNOVÚ SUŠIČKU S KAPA-
CIT
OU BUBNA 10-11 KG: ZAPOJTE ODTOKOVÚ
HADICU PRE ZNOVU VYUŽITIE KONDEN-
ZOVANEJ VODY ZAŤAŽENIA NA VYHO-
TOVENIE KONDENZÁRNE VODY PODĽA
POKYNOV V KAPITOLE 2
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ambient temperature.
SK
48
8. VÝBER PROGRAMU A NASTAVENIE FUNKCIE
PROGRAM OPIS PROGRAMU
KAPACITA
kg
SUŠENIE
ČAS
(min)
Celková
storostlivosť
Total Care je exkluzívny cyklus na sušenie bielizne s
rôznymi látkami. Keď ľahšie tkaniny dosiahnu
optimálne sušenie a sú pripravené na ich vybratie,
text "TC" bliká 3 minúty a ozve sa akustický signál.
Po vybratí už vysušených položiek bude pokračovať
cyklus pre najodolnejšie položky.
3
*
Tmavá a farebná
bielizeň
Š
etrný a špecifický cyklus na suché tmavé alebo
farebné odevy z bavlny alebo syntetiky. 4 *
Biela bielizeň Pravý cyklus sušenia bavlny, špongií a uterákov. PLNÁ *
Džínsy
Určené na sušenie rovnomerných tkanín ako sú
džínsy alebo džínsoviny. Pred sušením odporúčame
prevrátiť odev naruby. 4 *
Tenisky
Tento druh cyklu, vďaka špeciálnemu stojanu, umož-
ňuje vysušiť 2 páry plátenných topánok.
Odporúčame pred ich sušením vytiahnuť šnúrky z
topánok.
* Max 120’
Antialergický
program
Jeden špecifický cyklus, ktorý suší a súčasne
pomáha redukovať hlavné alergény ako prachové
roztoče, vlasy domácich zvierat, peľ a zvyšky
prá
škov
ý
ch č
istiacich prostriedkov.
4 Max 220’
Vlna
Vlnené oblečenie: program je možné použiť na vysu-
šenie až 1 kg bielizne (okolo 3 ľahkých svetrov).
Odporúča sa, aby ste pred sušením prevrátili všetky
odevy naruby. Časovanie sa môže meniť vzhľadom
na rozmery a hrúbku položiek a na volbe
odstreďovania, ktoré sa zvolilo počas prania. Na
konci cyklu je oblečenie pripravené na nosenie, ale
ak je ťažšie, okraje môžu byť trochu mokré:
odporúča sa ich nechať prirodzene vyschnúť.
Odporúča sa vyložiť oblečenie až na samom konci
cyklu. Pozor: proces plstenia vlny je nezvratný;
sušte výhradne oblečenie so symbolom (symbol "ok
tumble"); tento program nie je určený pre akrylové
oblečenie.
1 70’
Proti pachový
program
Dokonalý cyklus na odstránenie zápachu z bielizne
vyhladzujúci záhyby. 2,5 *
Náplň XXL
Špecifický cyklus určený na suchú veľkú bielizeň,
napr. záclony a obrusy. Vďaka špecifickému pohybu
bubna bude bielizeň suchá a minimalizovať
spletence a záhyby.
6 Max 220’
Športový
Určené technickým odevom pre šport a fitnes, jemne
sušenie so špeciálnou starostlivosťou, aby sa zabrá-
nilo zmršťovaniu a poškodeniu elastick
ý
ch vlákien. 4 *
Malé náplne Určené na dosiahnutie rovnomerného vysušenia pre
extrémne malé náplne. 2 *
Syntetika
Sušenie jemnej a syntetickej tkaniny, ktoré vyžadujú
presné a špecifické ošetrenie. 4 *
Bavlna
Program bavlny (suché na zavesenie) je
najefektívnejším programom spotreby energie.
Vhodný pre bavlnu a bielizeň. Plná *
Košele
Tento špecifický cyklus bol koncipovaný na suché
košele minimalizujúce spletence a záhyby vďaka
špecifickým pohybom bubna. Odporúča sa vyložiť
bielizeň ihneď
po ukon
č
ená cyklu su
šenia.
2,5
*
Poloha, ktorú musíte zvoliť, keď chcete aktivovať diaľkové ovládanie
prostredníctvom aplikácie (cez Wi-Fi). Ďalšie podrobnosti nájdete v odseku
One Fi Extra.
* Skutočná dĺžka cyklu sušenia závisí od počiatočnej úrovne vlhkosti bielizne v dôsledku rýchlosti odstreďovania, typu a
množstva zaťaženia, čistoty filtrov a teploty okolia.
KOMPATIBILITA PROGRAMOV A MOŽNOSTI
PRORGAMY
VOLITEĽNÉ MOŽNOSTI
Odložený štart
Výber sušenia
Cyklus Rapid
Výber času
Proti krčeniu
Pamäť (Memo)
Celková storostlivosť
Tmavá a farebná bielizeň
Biela bielizeň
Džínsy
Tenisky
Antialergický program
Vlna
Proti pachový program
Syntetika
Bavlna
Košele
49
SK
µε τις που
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důlež
√ √ √
- - -
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
problémy v rámci životního prostř
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
Ο
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
Ο
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
σε ,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
ěly být př
,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
√ √ √
- -
τον µε
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
registrovaných podniků.
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
žte
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον
stejném principu jako dodané zař
√ √
- - - -
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
íslo”,
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
µ η
αυτό ατα.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα
.
√ √ √ √
- -
3.
√ √ √
- -
να έχετε µε την
αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
6.
να µε την
.
√ √
- - - -
να
de
να
√ √ √ √
- -
Náplň XXL
Športový
Malé náplne
√
√
Príslušenstvo pre topánky dodané s vašou sušičkou umožňuje sušiť až
4 tenisky. Filter dvierok musíte nahradiť roštom. Pred vložením topánok
z vyberte vložky a dajte ich do sušičky.
Centrálne háky sú vhodné taktiež pre pánske topánky, zatiaľ čo bočné
háky sú určené pre detské alebo dámske topánky (EU 39- UK 5.5).
Odporúčame otočiť bubnom pre kontrolu, že nič nebráni v otáčaní.
Prípadne môžete umiestniť dve topánky podrážkami hore.
TOPÁNKY (S ROŠTOM)
50
51
ONE Fi EXTRA
Tento prístroj je vybavený ONE Fi EXTRA
technológiou, ktorá vám umožní prístroj
ovládať na diaľku cez aplikáciu, a to vďaka
funkcii Wi-Fi.
REGISTRÁCIA PRÍSTROJA (V APLIKÁCII)
● Stiahnite aplikáciu Hoover Wizard na
Vašom zariadení.
Použitím Android smartfónu vybaveného
t e c h n o l ó g i o u N F C ( N e a r F i e l d
Communication) je proces registrácie
zjednodušený (Rýchla registrácia); v takom
prípade postupujte podľa pokynov na
displeji telefónu, umiestnite a držte ho v
blízkosti loga ONE Fi EXTRA na ovládacom
paneli prístroja, ak k tomu aplikácia vyzýva.
POZNÁMKY:
V prípade že nepoznáte pozíciu NFC
antény, krúživými pohybmi ľahko
pohybujte smart telefónom nad logom
ONE Fi EXTRA až kým aplikácia
nepotvrdí pripojenie. Aby bol prenos
dát úspešný, JE NUTNÉ UDRŽIAVAŤ
SMART TELEFÓN V BLÍZKOSTI
OVLÁDACIEHO PANELU POČAS
CELÉHO NIEKOĽKOSEKUNDOVÉHO
PRIPOJENIA. Následne Vás bude
zariadenie informovať o správnom
výsledku operácie a oznámi Vám, že je
možné presunúť sa so smart
telefónom kamkoľvek.
Hrubé obaly alebo metalické
nálepky na smartfóne môžu
ovplyvniť alebo brániť prenosu dát
medzi telefónom a spotrebičom. V
prípade potreby ich odstráňte.
N a h r a d e n i e n i e k t o r ý c h
komponentov smartphonu (napr.
z a d n ý k r y t , b a t é r i e , a t ď . )
neoriginálnym, by mohlo viesť k
odstráneniu NFC antény.
Aplikácia Hoover Wizard je dostupná pre
zariadenia so systémom Android a iOS, a
to ako pre tablety aj pre smartphony.
Získajte všetky podrobnosti o funkciách
ONE Fi EXTRA prechádzaním aplikácie v
režime DEMO.
● Otvorte aplikáciu, vytvorte profil užívateľa a
zaregistrujte prístroj podľa pokynov na
displeji zariadenia alebo pomocou "Príručky
rýchleho štartu" priloženého u Vášho
prístroja.
Umiestnite smartfón tak, že NFC anténa
na zadnej strane zodpovedá pozícii
ONE Fi EXTRA logu spotrebiča.
PARAMETRE BEZDRÔTOVÉHO PRIPOJENIA
Wi-Fi štandard
802.11 b/g/n
Frekvencia
Maximálny výkon prenosu
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parametre
Špecifikácie
Minimálna citlivosť príjmu
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Poznámka: V prípade otvorenia dverí s
aktívnym diaľkovým ovládaním, resetujte
pripojenie k aplikácii, zatvorte dvierka a
stlačte tlačidlo štart. Cyklus sa obnoví od
okamihu prerušenia.
POVOLIŤ VZDIALENEJ OVLÁDANIE
(CEZ APLIKÁCIU)
Po registrácii prístroje, zakaždým, keď
chcete, aby bolo možné ovládať prístroj
vzdialene prostredníctvom aplikácie,
najprv musíte vložiť bielizeň, čistiaci
prostriedok, zavrieť dvere a vybrať
pozíciu ONE Fi EXTRA na zariadení. Od
tej chvíle ho môžete ovládať pomocou
príkazov aplikácie.
SK
52
Čo môže byť príčinou...
Poruchy, ktoré môžete opraviť sami
Skôr ako sa obrátite na pracovníkov servisu a
požiadate ich o technickú radu, prejdite si
nasledujúci kontrolný zoznam. Pokiaľ sa zistí,
že spotrebič funguje, že bol nainštalovaný
nesprávne alebo že bol nesprávne používaný,
bude vám účtovaný poplatok. Pokiaľ problém
po ukončení odporúčaných kontrol pretrváva,
obráťte sa na pracovníka servisu, ktorý vám
prostredníctvom telefónu pomôže.
Čas do konca sa môže počas cyklu meniť.
Čas do konca sa nepretržite kontroluje
počas sušenia a čas sa upravuje pre
najlepšiu informáciu. Zobrazený čas sa
môže predĺžiť alebo skrátiť počas cyklu a to
je normálne.
Čas sušenia je veľmi dlhá alebo bielizeň nie
je dostatočne suchá...
● Zvolili ste správny čas sušenia alebo správny
program?
● Nebola bielizeň veľmi vlhká? Bola bielizeň
dôkladne vyžmýkaná alebo poriadne
odstredená?
● Nie je potrebné vyčistiť filter?
● Nie je sušička preťažená?
Sušička nefunguje...
● Má sušička funkčné elektrické napájanie?
Napájanie skontrolujte pripojením iného
spotrebiča do zásuvky, napríklad lampy.
● Je zástrčka poriadne pripojená do elektrickej
zásuvky?
● Nedošlo k výpadku dodávky elektrickej
energie?
● Nie sú vypálené poistky?
● Sú dvierka úplne zatvorené?
● Je sušička zapnutá ako pri prívode napájania
elektrickou energiou, tak na spotrebiči?
● Bola vykonaná voľba času sušenia alebo
programu?
● Zapli ste sušičku po otvorení dvierok?
Sušička je hlučná…
● Vypnite sušičku a obráťte sa na
autorizovaný servis.
Svieti kontrolka …
● Nie je nutné vyčistiť filter?
Svieti kontrolka …
● Nie je nutné vyprázdniť zásobník vody?
Zákaznícky servis
Pokiaľ bude k problémom so sušičkou
dochádzať aj po ukončení všetkých
odporúčaných kontrol, obráťte sa na
pracovníka servisu. Pracovníci servisu
vám pomôžu prostredníctvom telefónu
alebo vám zariadia návštevu technika
podľa podmienok vašej záruky. Ak však
bude zistená niektorá z nasledujúcich
skutočností, bude vám účtovaný
poplatok:
● Sušička je vo funkčnom stave.
● Sušička nie je nainštalovaná v súlade s
pokynmi pre inštaláciu.
● Sušička nebola používaná správne
Náhradné diely
Service
Vždy používajte originálne náhradné
diely, ktoré vám poskytnú priamo
pracovníci servisu.
Ohľadne servisu a opráv sa obráťte na
pracovníkov autorizovaného servisu.
Výrobca nezodpovedá za žiadne
prípadné tlačové chyby v tomto
návode na obsluhu. Výrobca si ďalej
vyhradzuje právo na vykonanie
úprav svojich produktov bez
p o t r e b y z m e n y d ô l e ž i t ý c h
vlastností.
9. ODSTRÁNENIE PRÍPADNÝCH PROBLÉMOV
PARAMETRE BEZDRÔTOVÉHO PRIPOJENIA
Wi-Fi Štandard
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A and NFC Forum Type 4
Frekvenčné pásmo
Limit magnetického
poľa
13,553-13,567 MHz (stredná frekvencia 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (vo vzdialenosti 10 metrov)
Parametre
Špecifikácie
Týmto spoločnosť Candy Hoover Group
Srl, prehlasuje, že zariadenia označené
symbolom s p ĺ ň a j ú z á k l a d n é
požiadavky Smernice 2014/53/EU.
Ak chcete obdržať kópiu Prehlásenia o
zhode, prosím kontaktujte výrobcu na:
www.candy-group.com
53
Index
Prosimo vas, da ta navodila pozorno
preberete in stroj uporabljate v skladu z njimi.
Ta knjižica vsebuje pomembna navodila za
varno uporabo, namestitev in vzdrževanje
vašega stroja ter tudi uporabne napotke za
doseganje najboljših rezultatov.
Vso dokumentacijo, ki ste jo dobili s strojem,
skrbno shranite, saj jo boste morda še
potrebovali ali pa jo boste Predali drugemu
lastniku.
Prosimo, preverite, ali ste s strojem dobili
tudi naslednje:
● navodila za uporabo
● garancijski list
● nalepko o energijski varčnosti
Z oznako na tem proizvodu izjavljamo,
na lastno odgovornost, da je proizvod
skladen z vsemi evropskimi zahtevami o
varnosti, zdravju in varstvu okolja, ki se v
zakonodaji nanašajo na ta izdelek.
Prepričajte se, da med. prevozom stroj ni
bil poškodovan. Če se je poškodoval, pokličite
pooblaščeni servis.Če ne boste upoštevali
zgornjih navodil, lahko ogrozite varnost
naprave. Če bi napaka na stroju nastala zaradi
nepravilne uporabe, vam lahko zaračunamo
klic servisne službe.
1. OPOMBE ZA VARNOST
2. ODTOČNA CEV: NAVODILA
ZA PRIKLJUČITEV
3. PRIPRAVA NA POLNJENJE
STROJA
4. ČIŠČENJE IN VZDRŽEVANJE
5. POSODA ZA VODO
6. VRATA IN FILTER
7. TIPKE ZA UPRAVLJANJE
IN SIGNALNE LUČKE
8. IZBIRA PROGRAMA
9. ODPRAVLJANJE NAPAK
SL
1.
OPOMBE ZA VARNOST
● Aparat lahko uporabljajo otroci,
starejši od 8 let, in osebe z
z m a n j š a n i m i f i z i č n i m i ,
z a z n a v n i m i a l i u m s k i m i
sposobnosti ali s pomanjkljivimi
izkušnjami in predznanjem,
vendar le pod nadzorom in če so
jim bila razložena navodila za
varno uporabo aparata in če se
zavedajo s tem povezanih
tveganj.
Otroci se ne smejo igrati z
aparatom, prav tako otroci ne
smejo čistiti in vzdrževati aparata
brez nadzora.
●O P O Z O R I L O : Napačna
uporaba sušilnega stroja lahko
povzroči požar.
● Aparat je namenjen samo
uporabi v gospodinjstvih in
podobnih okoljih:
- kuhinjah za osebje v pisarnah,
delavnicah ali drugih delovnih
okoljih;
- na kmetijah;
- za stranke v hotelih, motelih in
drugih bivalnih okoljih;
- v penzionih.
Za drugačno uporabo v okoljih, ki
se razlikujejo od uporabe v
gospodinjstvih, kot na primer
uporaba komercialne namene s
strani strokovnjakov ali izučenih
uporabnikov, ta aparat ni
n a m e n j e n . N e n a m e n s k a
uporaba aparata lahko skrajša
njegovo življenjsko dobo in izniči
v e l j a v n o s t g a r a n c i j e .
Proizvajalec ne prevzema
nikakšrne odgovornosti,
skladno z veljavnimi zakoni, za
morebitno škodo na aparatu ali
poškodbe ali izgubo zaradi
nenamenske uporabe, tudi če
je bil aparat uporabljan v
gospodinjstvu.
● Ta naprava je namenjena
i z k l j u čn o u p o r a b i v
gospodinjstvih, z njo
lahko sušite le gospodinjski
tekstil in oblačila.
● Stroj se sme uporabljati le za
namen, ki je opisan v tem
priročniku. Pred uporabo stroja
se p re p ri ča j te , al i st e
popolnoma razumeli navodila
za namestitev in uporabo.
● Stroja se ne dotikajte, če
imate vlažne oziroma mokre
roke ali noge.
● Med polnjenjem stroja se ne
naslanjajte na njegova vrata in
jih nikoli ne uporabljajte za
dviganje ali premikanje stroja.
● Nikoli ne dovolite otrokom, da
bi se igrali s strojem ali
njegovimi tipkami.
●OPOZORILO: Stroja ne
uporabljajte, če filter za puh ni
pravilno nameščen ali če je
poškodovan; puh se lahko
vžge.
54
●OPOZORILO: Na mestih, kjer je
simbol za vročo površino , se
l a h k o t e m p e r a t u r a m e d
delovanjem sušilnega stroja
dvigne na več kot 60 stopinj
Celzija.
●Izvlecite vtič iz električne
vtičnice. Pred čiščenjem stroja
vtič vedno izvlecite iz vtičnice.
● Če se vam zdi, da stroj ne deluje
p r a v i l n o , g a p r e n e h a j t e
uporabljati.
● Na tleh v okolici stroja se ne
smejo nabirati nitke ali puh.
● Boben v stroju se lahko zelo
segreje. Preden začnete perilo
jemati iz stroja, vedno počakajte,
da sušilni stroj konča fazo
hlajenja.
● Zadnja faza programa sušenja
poteka brez segrevanja (faza
ohlajanja). S tem dosežemo, da
je perilo po koncu sušenja take
temperature, da ni nevarnosti za
poškodbe tkanine.
●V stroju ni dovoljeno sušiti
perila, ki je bilo čiščeno z
industrijskimi kemikalijami.
●OPOZORILO: Če je že nujno
potrebno prekiniti program
sušenja pred koncem, kar
odsvetujemo, takoj poberite
perilo iz bobna in ga razgrnite, da
se toplota razgubi.
●Največja dovoljena količina
perila: glej energijsko oznako.
Installation
●Ne uporabljajte adapterjev,
razdelilcev in/ali podaljškov.
●Nikoli ga ne postavite ob
zavese in pazite, da predmeti
ne bodo mogli pasti za sušilni
stroj ali se za njim nabirati.
● Naprave ne smete namestiti
za vrati, ki se dajo zakleniti,
drsnimi vrati ali vrati, ki imajo
tečaje na nasprotni strani kot
sušilni stroj.
55
Pomembno: Med transportom
n a j b o s u ši l n i s t r o j v
pokončnem položaju. Če je
nujno, ga nagnite samo tako,
kot je to prikazano na spodnji
sliki:
V n a s p r o tn e m p r i me r u
počakajte vsaj 4 ure in šele
nato vključite sušilni stroj, da
bo lahko olje steklo nazaj v
kompresor. V nasprotnem
primeru obstaja nevarnost
poškodbe kompresorja!.
SL
56
● V sušilnem stroju ne sušite
kosov, ki niso bili oprani.
●OPOZORILO: Nikoli ne sušite
tkanin, obdelanih s tekočinami za
kemično čiščenje.
● OPOZORILO:Materiali iz
penaste gume lahko včasih pri
segrevanju (pod posebnimi pogoji)
zagorijo zaradi samovžiga.
Predmetov iz penaste gume
(lateks pena), kap za prhanje, proti
vodi odpornih tkanin, izdelkov in
oblačil z gumijasto podlogo in
blazin z vložki iz penaste gume NE
SMETE sušiti v sušilniku za perilo.
● Da izveste, ali je material
primeren za sušenje, vedno
poglejte etiketo na tekstilu.
● Preden daste oblačila v sušilni
stroj, morajo biti ožeta ročno ali s
centrifugo v pralnemstroju. V
sušilni stroj se NE SME dajati
oblačil, iz katerih še kaplja.
● Pazite, da v žepih ni vžigalnikov
ali vžigalic, in v bližini sušilnega
stroja NIKOLI ne uporabljajte
gorljivih tekočin.
● V stroju NIKOLI ne smete sušiti
zaves iz steklenih vlaken. Če
steklena vlakna pridejo na druga
oblačila, lahko pride do draženja
kože.
● Kose, ki so se umazali s snovmi,
kot so na primer jedilno olje,
aceton, alkohol, bencin, kerozin,
o d s t r a n j e v a l e c m a d e ž e v,
terpentin, vosek ali odstranjevalec
voska, morate najprej oprati v vroči
vodi z nekaj več detergenta,
preden jih začnete sušiti v
sušilnem stroju.
Perilo
● Mehčalce perila in podobne
izdelke uporabite, kot je
navedeno v navodilih za
uporabo Mehčalca.
PRETOK ZRAKA
V prostoru, kjer stoji sušilni stroj,
je treba zagotoviti zadostno
zračenje, zato da stroj med
delovanjem v prostor ne bi
potegnil plinov, ki jih pri
izgorevanju izločajo nekatere
naprave, na primer kamini.
●Zrak, ki izhaja iz stroja, ne sme
biti speljan v dimnik, na
katerega so priključene
naprave, ki za zgorevanje
uporabljajo plin ali druga goriva.
● Sušilni stroj postavite s
hrbtno stranjo ob zid ali drugo
vertikalno površino.
●Redno preverjajte, ali ima
zrak, ki teče skozi sušilni stroj,
prosto pot.
● Po uporabi preverite, ali se je
v filtru nabral puh, in filter po
potrebi očistite.
● Okoli stroja mora biti vsaj 12
mm praznega prostora.
Odprtine za vstop in izstop
zraka morajo biti vedno
neovirane, prav tako mora biti
omogočeno kroženje zraka
med dnom stroja in tlemi, kar je
nujno za zadostno zračenje.
●Preprečite, da bi predmeti
padali za stroj ali se nabirali za
njim, saj bi lahko ovirali pretok
zraka (vhode in izhode za
zrak).
Aparata ne smete
namestiti v prostoru, kjer je
nizka temperatura oziroma
obstaja tveganje za pojav
zmrzali. Pri temperaturah
okoli ledišča aparat morda
ne bo pravilno deloval:
o b s t a j a t v e g a n j e z a
poškodbe, saj bi lahko voda
v hidravličnem tokokrogu
zamrznila (ventili, cevi,
črpalke). Za učinkovito
d e l o v a n j e m o r a b i t i
temperatura v prostoru med
5-35°C. Upoštevajte, da
lahko med delovanjem pri
nizkih temperaturah (med +2
i n + 5 ° C ) p r i d e d o
kondenzacije vode in
posledično kapljic vode na
tleh.
57
● N I K O L I n e n a m e s t i t e
sušilnega stroja ob zavesah.
● Redno po vsaki uporabi
preverjajte stanje filtra za delce
tkanine in ga po potrebi očistite.
● Če želite postaviti sušilni stroj
na pralni stroj, morate uporabiti
n a m e n s k i k o m p l e t z a
sestavljanje obeh strojev ter
upoštevati navodila.
● Komplet za sestavljanje
sušilnega in pralnega stroja
model 35100019: za pralne stroje
globine najmanj 49 cm
● Komplet za sestavljanje
sušilnega in pralnega stroja
model 35900120: za pralne stroje
globine najmanj 51 cm
● Komplet za sestavljanje
sušilnega in pralnega stroja
izberite glede na globino vašega
pralnega stroja; na voljo so pri p
ooblaščenih servisih. Kompletu
so priložena tudi navodila za
instalacijo in vsi otrebni deli za
pritrditev.
OPOZORILO:
aparat se ne sme napajati
preko zunanje stikalne
naprave, kot je na primer
programska ura, niti ne sme
biti priključen na omrežje, ki
ga ponudnik energije
nenehno vklaplja in izklaplja.
SL
Air Outlets in the Base
Varovanje Okolja
58
Zahteve za Električno Napeljavo
Sušilni stroji delujejo na enofazni izmenični tok
s 50 Hz in napetostjo 220 240 V. Prepričajte se,
da je nazivna zmogljivost priključka vsaj 6 A.
Električni tok je lahko zelo nevaren.
Ta naprava mora biti ozemljena.
Vtičnica električne napeljave in vtič morata
biti iste vrste.
Ne uporabljajte več adapterjev in/ali
podaljškov.
Vtič mora biti po namestitvi stroja na
dostopnem mestu, da ga lahko po porabi
iztaknete.
Če je razlog za problem v delovanju
vašega stroja nepravilna instalacija, boste
morda morali za obisk serviserja plačati.
Če se poškoduje priključni električni kabel
na aparatu, ga je treba zamenjati s posebnim
priključnim električnim kablom, ki je na voljo
SAMO pri pooblaščenih servisih. Zamenjavo
kabla mora opraviti ustrezno usposobljena oseba.
Ne potiskajte vtikača v vtičnico in ne vklapljajte
stroja, dokler instalacija ni dokončana. Zaradi
vaše varnosti mora biti sušilni stroj pravilno
instaliran. Če niste prepričani o pravilni instalaciji,
se posvetujte s strokovnjakom pooblaščenega
servisa.
Ko boste stroj postavili na
želeno mesto, je treba
nastaviti še nivelirne noge,
da stroj stoji vodoravno.
Nastavite vse štiri nivelirne
noge tako, da stroj stoji
trdno in vodoravno.
● Vsi materiali, iz katerih je izdelana
embalaža, so okolju prijazni in jih je mogoče
reciklirati. Prosimo, odvrzite embalažo na
okolju prijazen način. Na vaši občini ali
komunalni službi vam bodo lahko podrobno
povedali več o odstranjevanju odpadkov.
● Ko boste sušilni stroj odvrgli, varnost
zagotovite tako, da stroj izključite iz vtičnice
ter nato prerežete električni kabel in ga
skupaj z vtičem uničite. Da preprečite, da bi
se otroci zaprli v stroj, odlomite tečaje vrat ali
ključavnico na vratih.
European Directive 2012/19/EU
Izdelek je označen skladno z
evropsko uredbo 2012/19/ES o
odpadni električni in elektronski
opremi (OEEO).
OEEO vsebuje tako snovi, ki onesnažujejo
okolje (in ki lahko negativno vplivajo na okolje)
kot tudi osnovne komponente (ki jih je mogoče
ponovno uporabiti). Zato je pomembna pravilna
obravnava OEEO, ki omogoča odstranjevanje
in ustrezno odlaganje vseh onesnaževal ter
pridobivanje in recikliranje vseh materialov.
Posamezniki lahko igrajo pomembno vlogo pri
preprečevanju onesnaževanja okolja zaradi
OEEO; pri tem morajo upoštevati nekaj
osnovnih pravil:
- z OEEO ne ravnamo kot z običajnimi
odpadki iz gospodinjstva;
- OEEO je treba odpeljati na ustrezno
zbirališče odpadkov, upravljano s strani občine
ali registrirane družbe. V številnih državah je za
večje kose OEEO organizirano tudi zbiranje po
domovih.
V številnih državah lahko ob nakupu novega
aparata starega oddate prodajalcu, ki ga je
dolžan prevzeti brezplačno po načelu eden za
enega; to velja v primeru, da gre opremo
enakovrednega tipa z enakimi funkcijami kot
dobavljeni aparat.
Pooblaščeni Servis
Zaradi zagotavljanja stalnega varnega in
učinkovitega delovanja stroja priporočamo,
da Vse servisne storitve in vsa popravila
izvaja le pooblaščeni serviser.
Nastavitev Nivelirnih Nog
●
GWP1430
59
1
2.
Odtočna Cev: Navodila
Za Priključitev
OPOZORILO! Pred kakršnim koli
posegom izklopite vtikač sušilnega stroja iz
električnega omrežja.
1. Previdno nagnite
stroj na desno..
2. Odtok za odpadno
vodo je na desni
strani stroja (gl sliko).
Siva cev ga povezuje
z mostičkom na levi
strani. S kleščami
odstranite držalo cevi
na mostičku.
3. L o č i t e c e v
o d p r i k l j u č k a n a
mostičku.
4. Priključite črno
cev iz kompleta
( u p o r a b i t e
p r i l o ž e n i
p r i k l j u č e k i n
sponko za cev) na
cev, ki ste jo sneli
z nosilca.
5. Priključite novo
odtočno cev na
odtok.
6. Ko ste stroj
p o s t a v i l i n a
ustrezno mesto,
preverite, da nova
c e v n e b o
pripognjena, ko je
s u š i l n i s t r o j
p o t i s n j e n v
pravilni položaj.
Priključite stroj na
e l e k t r i č n o
omrežje.
2
3
4
5
Pozor: Če je bil stroj pred tem v
ležečem položaju, počakajte vsaj 4
ure in ga šele nato vklopite, da bo olje
steklo nazaj v kompresor. V
nasprotnem primeru lahko pride do
poškodbe kompresorja.
Da bi se izognili praznjenju posode za vodo po
vsakem programu sušenja lahko napeljemo odtok
vode neposredno v odtok (obstoječi hišni sistem
za odvajanje vode). Neposredna povezava s
površinskim odtokom je z zakonom prepovedana.
Odtok, na katerega priključimo cev za odvajanje
vode, mora biti v bližini sušilnega stroja.
V kompletu sta 1 cev in 1 pipa
Cev priključite na naslednji način.
SL
6
3.
PRIPRAVA NA POLNJENJE STROJA
Prepričajte se, ali je perilo, ki ga nameravate dati v
sušilni stroj, primerno za strojno sušenje; to je
prikazano na opozorilnih simbolih na vsakem kosu
perila.
Preverite, ali so vsi gumbi, zadrge in podobno
zapeti in ali so žepi prazni. Obrnite oblačila
navzven. Oblačila položite v boben narahlo (ne
natrpajte jih), da se ne bodo prepletla.
Svila, najlonske nogavice, občutljive
vezenine, tkanine s kovinskimi okraski,
oblačila z obrobami iz polivinila ali usnja.
POMEMBNO: V stroju ne sušite perila, ki
ste ga čistili s čistili za kemično čiščenje ali
oblačil iz gume (nevarnost požara ali
eksplozije).
Tekom zadnjih 15 minut se perilo suši v
hladnem zraku.
V sušilni stroj polagajte le perilo, ki ste ga strojno ali
ročno oželi. Čim bolj suho je perilo, tem krajši bo
čas sušenja, kar pomeni manjšo porabo električne
energije.
VEDNO
● Pred sušenjem preverite, ali je filter očiščen.
NIKOLI
● Ne napolnite stroja s tako mokrimi oblačili, da z
njih še kaplja; tako bi lahko stroj poškodovali.
. .
.
● Po etiketah na oblačilih
Najdete jih na ovratniku ali notranjem šivu:
Primerno za sušenje v sušilnem stroju.
Sušenje v stroju pri visokih temperaturah.
Sušenje v stroju le pri nizkih temperaturah.
Ne sušite v sušilnem stroju.
Če oblačilo nima etikete, ga raje ne sušite Strojno.
Bobna ne smete preveč napolniti, saj lahko
z velikimi kosi, ko so mokri, prekoračite
najvišjo dovoljeno težo perila (na primer:
spalne vreče, prešite odeje).
● Po količini in gostoti blaga
Kadar koli je količina materiala za sušenje večja od
zmogljivosti sušilnega stroja, razdelite obleke po
debelini materiala (npr. ločite brisače od tankega
spodnjega perila).
● Po vrsti materiala
Bombažne/lanene tkanine: brisače, bombažni
jersey, posteljno in namizno perilo.
Sintetika: bluze, srajce, delovne halje itd., Izdelane
iz poliestra ali poliamida; velja tudi za mešanice iz
bombaža in sintetike.
●Po tem, kako močno jih želite posušiti Razdelite
na: popolnoma suho, primerno za zlaganje itd. Za
občutljivo blago pritisnite tipko da izberete sušenje
pri nizki temperaturi.
4.
ČIŠČENJE IN VZDRŽEVANJE
OPOZORILO! Boben, vrata in perilo so
lahko zelo vroči!
POMEMBNO! Pred čiščenjem stroj
vedno izklopite in potegnite vtikač iz vtičnice.
Podatki o ustreznem električnem omrežju so
navedeni na tablici s podatki na sprednji strani
ohišja (ob odprtih vratih).
Čiščenje Sušilnega Stroja
● Očistite filter in izpraznite posodo za
vodo po vsakem sušenju.
● Redno čistite kondenzator.
● Po vsaki uporabi obrišite notranjost
bobna in pustite vrata nekaj časa odprta,
da zrak kroži po bobnu in ga posuši.
● Zunanjost stroja in vrata obrišite z
mehko krpo.
● NE UPORABLJAJTE grobih gobic,
krpic ali čistil.
● Da bi preprečili nabiranje delcev tkanin
in oteženo odpiranje/zapiranje vrat po
vsakem zaključenem programu sušenja
obrišite notranjo stran vrat in tesnilo z
vlažno krpo.
60
Preden prvič uporabite sušilni stroj:
● Skrbno preberite navodila za uporabo;
● Odstranite vse dele, ki so v bobnu;
● Z vlažno krpo obrišite notranjost bobna in vrat,
da odstranite prah, ki se je nabral med prevozom.
Priprava Oblačil
Varčevanje z Energijo
V Sušilnem Stroju ne Sušite:
Perilo Sortirajte po Naslednjem Zaporedju:
5.
POSODA ZA VODO
Odstranjevanje posode za
kondenzat v vratih
1. Nežno izvlecite
posodo za vodo; primite
jo za ročaj. (A) Ko je
posoda za vodo polna,
tehta približno 6 kg.
2. Posodo za vodo
nagnite, da voda izteče
iz nje skozi dulec. (B)
P r a z n o p o s o d o
potisnite nazaj v stroj,
kot je to prikazano na
s l i k i ; ( C ) n a j p r e j
postavite spodnji del
posode v pravilen
položaj, kot je to
prikazano na sliki, (1)
nato pa nežno potisnite
zgornji del v pravilen
položaj (2).
3. Ponovno zaženite
program s pritiskom na
tipko.
A
B
1C
61
OPOMBA: Če je v
bliž i n i suši l n eg a
stroja odtok, lahko
u r e d i t e s t a l n o
odtekanje vode iz
sušilnega stroja s
pomočjo ustreznega
kompleta. V tem
primeru vam ne bo
treba prazniti posode
za vodo.
UPORABA SUŠILNEGA STROJA
Med izvajanjem samodejnega
programa ne odpirajte vrat, da zagotovite
pravilno sušenje.
1.Odprite vrata in vložite perilo v boben.
Pazite, da perilo ne ovira zapiranje vrat.
2.Nežno zaprite vrata – potisnite jih proti
stroju, dokler se slišno ne zaprejo.
3.Obrnite gumb za izbiranje programov
na ustrezen program (gl. razpredelnico
programov).
4.Pritisnite na tipko Sušilni stroj
začne izvajati izbrani program, kontrolna
lučka nad tipko je stalno osvetljena.
5.Če med izvajanjem programa odprete
vrata, da bi preverili suhost perila, po
zapiranju vrat ponovno zaženete
program s pritiskom na tipko.
6.Proti koncu programa opravi stroj fazo
ohlajanja – perilo se med obračanjem
bobna ohlaja s pomočjo hladnega zraka.
7.Ko je program zaključen, se na
prikazovalniku prikaže indikator END
(Konec).
8.Po zaključku programa se boben
občasno zavrti, kar prepreči pretirano
mečkanje perila. Ta faza poteka, dokler
ne izklopite stroja oz. dokler ne odprete
vrat.
Voda, ki se med sušenjem izloči iz perila, se
zbira v posodi v vratih sušilnega stroja. Ko se
posoda napolni, se osvetli indikator na
stikalni plošči. Takrat MORATE izprazniti
posodo za vodo. Priporočamo pa, da posodo
za vodo izpraznite po vsakem programu
sušenja.
OPOMBA: Ko začnete uporabljati stroj, se
bo po nekaj programih sušenja v nabralo
zelo malo vode, saj se mora najprej napolniti
rezervoar v notranjosti stroja.
SL
6.
VRATA IN FILTER
OPOZORILO! Med delovanjem se
boben in vrata ZELO SEGREJEJO.
Filter
1
2
ČE FILTER OPERETE S CURKOM VODE,
NE POZABITE, DA GA MORATE PRED
PONOVNIM VSTAVLJANJEM V STROJ DO
KONCA POSUŠITI.
OPOZORILO! Če med izvajanjem
programa odprete vrata stroja, preden je
zaključena faza hlajenja, je lahko ročaj zelo
vroč. Pri praznjenju posode za vodo med
izvajanjem programa bodite zelo previdni!
62
1
2
3
4
5
Za odpiranje vrat potegnite ročico.
Za ponovni zagon sušilnega stroja zaprite
vrata in pritisnite tipko .
POMEMBNO:Zaradi zagotavljanja in
ohranjanja učinkovitosti sušilnega stroja
pred vsakim sušenjem Preverite, ali je filter
za puh čist.
1.Potegnite filter
navzgor.
2. Filter odprite, kot je
prikazano.
3. Z mehko krtačko ali
k on i c a m i p r s t o v
narahlo odstranite
nitke.
4. Filter zaprite nazaj
in ga vstavite nazaj
na njegovo Mesto.
se prižge, ko je treba filter očistiti.
Če se perilo ne suši pravilno, preverite, da
ni filter Zamašen.
Signalna Lučka za Stanje Filtra
Čiščenje filtra kondenzatorja
1.Snemite podnožje.
2. Obrnite jezička v levo
in izvlecite sprednji
pokrov.
3. Nežno izvlecite okvir
filtra in odstranite prah
in delce tkanine s filtra,
uporabite krpo. Filtra ne
čistite z vodo!
4. Nežno odstranite
gobico in jo nato izperite
pod tekočo vodo; pri
tem jo obračajte, da z
nje odstranite prah in
delce tkanine.
5. Znova namestite
sprednji pokrov, pri tem
pa pazite, da je pravilno
n a m e š č e n ( g l .
p u š č i c o ! ) . Z ap ri te
jezička, ki ga pridržujeta
na mestu.
6.Spet namestite
podnožje..
Pred vsakim programom očistite filtre.
SL
7. GUMBI IN KONTROLNE LUČKE
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Izbirnik programa - Z obračanjem gumba v
obe smeri lahko izberete želen program sušenja.
Če želite svojo izbiro preklicati ali sušilni stroj
izklopiti, gumb obrnite na izklop (OFF).
B - Številčni zaslon - Na zaslonu je prikazan
preostal čas sušenja, čas zakasnitve začetka
sušenja in druge nastavitve.
C - Gumbi -
1. Gumb Začni/Premor
Gumb za začetek in/ali prekinitev izbranega
programa.
2. Gumb za zakasnitev začetka delovanja
Z njim lahko prestavite začetek programa za 1-24
ur v 1-urnih intervalih. Izbran čas zakasnitve je
prikazan na zaslonu.
Ko pritisnete gumb START (začetek), se prikazan
čas krajša po urah.
Če ste izbrali zakasnitev začetka delovanja in
odprete vrata stroja, jih ponovno zaprite in nato
ponovno pritisnite start (začetek), da se
odštevanje nadaljuje.
3. Gumb za izbiro sušenja
Z njim lahko izberete želen nivo sušenja in sicer
pet minut po začetku ciklusa sušenja:
Za likanje: Oblačila bodo za lažje likanje še
malo vlažna.
Za na obešalnik: Oblačila bodo
pripravljena, da jih obesite na obešalnik.
Za v omaro: Oblačila bodo pripravljena, da
jih shranite v omaro.
Zelo suho: Oblačila bodo popolnoma suha,
idealno za poln stroj.
Stroj ima tudi funkcijo upravljanja sušenja. Pri
samodejnih ciklusih sušenja stroj javi vsak
zaključen nivo sušenja pred izbranim končnim
nivojem z utripajočo kontrolno lučko stopnje
trenutno zaključenega sušenja. V primeru
nekompatibilnosti vse lučke LED hitro 3-krat
zasvetijo in ugasnejo.
4. Hitro sušenje / Izbira trajanja ciklusa
Nekaj samodejnih programov lahko preklopite v
HITER program in sicer 3 minute po začetku
ciklusa. Če pritisnete gumb večkrat zapored, se
čas podaljšuje (30-45-59 minut).
V tem primeru morate samodejno sušenje
ponastaviti, če želite izklopiti sušilnik. V primeru
nekompatibilnosti vse lučke LED hitro 3-krat
zasvetijo in ugasnejo.
Samodejni ciklus lahko spremenite v
programiranega in sicer 3 minute po začetku
ciklusa. Če pritisnete gumb večkrat zapored, se
čas podaljšuje v 10-minutnih intervalih. V tem
primeru morate samodejno sušenje ponastaviti,
če želite izklopiti sušilnik. V primeru
nekompatibilnosti vse lučke LED hitro 3-krat
zasvetijo in ugasnejo.
5. Proti mečkanju
S to opcijo lahko aktiviramo premikanje bobna
stroja pred začetkom ciklusa, če ste izbrali
zakasnitev začetka, in po končanem ciklusu
sušenja. Aktivira se vsakih 10 minut in sicer še 6
ur po končanem ciklusu sušenja. Premikanje
bobna izključite, če gumb nastavite na IZKLOP
(OFF). Ta funkcija je zelo koristna, če perila ne
morete takoj vzeti iz stroja.
6. Spomin
S to funkcijo lahko shranite opcije nastavitev ciklusa.
SPOMIN: med delovanjem izbranega ciklusa
pritisnite gumb "memory" (spomin) in ga držite 3
sekunde. Kontrolna lučka "memory" (spomin)
trikrat zasveti in shrani izbrane opcije ciklusa.
PRIKLIC: po izbiri ciklusa pritisnite gumb
"memory" (spomin) in priklicali boste shranjene
opcije (ne ciklusa).
7. Zaklep
S to funkcijo lahko blokirate neželene
spremembe izbranih opcij med fazo sušenja.
Aktiviranje/Neaktiviranje: hkrati pritisnite gumba 3
in 4 in ju držite 2 sekundi. Na zaslonu se prikaže
"LOC". Če se opcija odklene, se na zaslonu
samo enkrat pokaže napis "Unl". Če odprete
'vrata' z aktiviranim zaklepom, se ciklus zaustavi
in zaklep ohrani: za ponovni začetek ciklusa
morate izključiti zaklep in ponovno aktivirati
začetek (Start). Če je sušilni stroj izklopljen, opcija
samodejno ni aktivirana. Zaklep lahko
spreminjate kadarkoli med ciklusom.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
63
SL
D- LED
Rezervoar za vodo - Zasveti, če je treba izprazniti
rezervoar za kondenz.
Čiščenje filtra - Zasveti, če je treba očistiti filtre
(na vratih in spodaj).
E- Wi-Fi (samo pri določenih modelih)
Pri modelih z opcijo brezžične povezave Wi-Fi, ikona
prikazuje, ali sistem Wi-Fi deluje.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - Na stroju je predvideno
mesto, na katero položite svoj pametni telefon med
vključevanjem stroja v aplikacijo. Sledite navodilom
na telefonu (primerni so samo pametni telefoni in
Android, opremljeni s tehnologijo NFC).
Maksimalna teža perila za sušenje
Bombažne tkanine Določena maksimalna
količina
Sintetične ali
občutljive tkanine maks. 4 kg
Standardni ciklus sušenja bombažnih tkanin
COTTON DRY ( ) je energijsko najučinkovitejši
in najprimernejši za sušenje srednje mokrega
bombažnega perila.
V razpredelnici na zadnji strani sta prikazana
okvirni čas in porabljena energija glavnih
programov sušenja.
Poraba energije v stanju izklopa 0,40 W
Poraba energije v stanju vklopa 0,75 W
Zmogljivost 125
Maksimalna količina Glej energijsko
nalepko
Višina 85 cm
Širina 60 cm
Globina 60 cm
Energijski razred Glej energijsko
nalepko
EN 61121 Izbira primernega programa
Dejanski čas ciklusa sušenja je odvisen
tudi od začetne vlažnosti perila, hitrosti ože-
manja, vrste in količine perila, čistosti filtrov
in temperature okolja.
Ciklus sušenja za volno na tem stroju je
potrdila družba Woolmark za sušenje oblačil
iz volne, ki jih lahko peremo v stroju, če so
oblačila oprana in sušena ob upoštevanju
navodil na etiketi oblačila in navodil, ki jih je
pripravil proizvajalec sušilnega stroja
V Veliki Britaniji, na Irskem, v Hong Kongu in
Indiji je blagovna znamka Woolmar
certificirana blagovna znamka.
Informacije za testni laboratorij
Tehnični podatki
Navodila za sušenje
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay the
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
85 cm
60 cm
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
85 cm
60 cm
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It l
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
See energy label
85 cm
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
Filter cleaning
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Max. 4 k
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
M1530.
64
- STANDARDNO SUŠENJE BOMBAŽA
- BOMBAŽ ZA LIKANJE BELO PERILO
- NEZAHTEVNE TKANINE SINTETIKA
Pred vsakim ciklusom očistite filtre
SUŠ
ILNI STROJ SAMO ZA 10-11 KG
PERILA: POVEŽITE CEVI ZA KONDENZ KOT
JE NAVEDENO V 2. POGLAVJU NAVODIL
ambient temperature.
SL
65
SL
8. IZBIRA PROGRAMA IN NASTAVITEV FUNKCIJ
PROGRAM OPIS PROGRAMA ZMOGLJIVOST
(kg)
ČAS
SUŠENJA
(min)
Popolna nega
Popolna nega je ekskluzivni ciklus za sušenje
perila z različno surovinsko sestavo hkrati. Ko se
lažje perilo optimalno osuši in ga lahko vzamemo iz
stroja, 3 minute utripa napis "TC" in oglasi se
zvočni signal. Ko iz stroja vzamete že posušeno
perilo, bo ciklus nadaljeval s sušenjem ostalega
perila.
3 *
Temno in
barvno perilo
Poseben in občutljiv ciklus za sušenje temnega ali
barvnega bombaža ali sintetike. 4 *
Belo perilo
Prava izbira za sušenje bombaža, brisač in gobe.
Polno *
Jeans Program za sušenje tkanin kot sta jeans ali denim.
Priporočamo, da oblačila pred sušenjem obrnete.
4 *
Športni copati
S tem programom lahko zaradi posebnega stojala
sušite dva para platnenih čevljev. Priporočamo, da
pred sušenjem čevljev odstranite vezalke. * Maks.
120’
Protialergensko
Specifični ciklus, ki tkanine posuši in hkrati pomaga
zmanjšati prisotnost glavnih alergenov, kot so
pršice, dlaka, cvetni prah in ostanki detergentov. 4 Maks.
220’
Volna
Volnena oblačila: program se lahko uporablja za
sušenje do 1 kg volnenih oblačil (približno 3
puloverji). Priporočamo, da pred sušenjem oblačila
obrnite. Čas sušenja se lahko spreminja glede na
velikost in debelino perila in glede na centrifugo
med pranjem. Ob koncu sušenja so oblačila
pripravljena, da jih oblečete, če pa so oblačila
debelejša, so lahko robovi še nekoliko vlažni:
priporočamo, da jih posušite naravno na zraku.
Priporočamo, da oblačila vzamete iz stroja takoj po
koncu sušenja. Pozor: muckanje volne je
nepopravljivo; sušite samo oblačila s simbolom
(simbol "dovoljeno sušenje v stroju"); ta program ni
primeren za oblačila iz akrila.
1 70’
Brez vonjav Popoln ciklus za odpravljanje vonjav perila z
glajenjem gub. 2.5 *
Količina XXL
Poseben program namenjen sušenju večjih kosov,
npr. zaves, rjuh in prtov. Zaradi posebnega gibanja
bobna bo veliko perilo posušeno brez prepletanja
in gubanja.
6 Maks.
220’
Športna oblačila
Namenjen tehničnim oblačilom za šport in fitnes,
nežno sušenje s specialno nego proti krčenju in
uničenju elastičnih vlaken.
4 *
Majhna količina Program za enakomerno sušenje ekstremno
majhnih količin. 2 *
Sintetika Ciklus za sušenje občutljivih in sintetičnih tkanin, ki
potrebujejo skrbno in posebno nego. 4 *
Bombaž
Program za sušenje bombažnih tkanin (za na
obešalnik) je najučinkovitejši program glede porabe
energije. Program je primeren za bombažno in
posteljno perilo.
Polno *
Srajce
Poseben program je namenjen sušenju srajc in
zmanjšuje možnost prepletanja in gubanja zaradi
posebnih premikov bobna. Priporočamo, da iz
stroja vzamete posteljno perilo takoj po
zaključenem ciklusu sušenja.
2.5 *
Ta položaj izberite, če želite omogočiti daljinsko upravljanje z aplikacijo (preko
Wi-Fi). Za več informacij glej odstavek One Fi Extra.
* Dejanski čas ciklusa sušenja je odvisen tudi od začetne vlažnosti perila, hitrosti ožemanja, vrste in količine perila,
čistosti filtrov in temperature okolja.
KOMPATIBILNOST PROGRAMOV IN OPCIJ
PROGRAMI
MOŽNE OPCIJE
Zakasnitev začetka
Izbira sušenja
Hitro sušenje
Izbira časa sušenja
Proti mečkanju
Spomin (Memo)
Popolna nega
Temno in barvno perilo
Belo perilo
Jeans
Športni copati
Protialergensko
Volna
Brez vonjav
Sintetika
Bombaž
Srajce
66
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důlež
√ √ √
- - -
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
problémy v rámci životního prostř
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
σε ,
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή
OEEZ by měly být př
,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
√ √ √
- -
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
registrovaných podniků.
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
είνει
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
žte
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič
o semelhante.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµ
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον
stejném principu jako dodané zař
služ
√ √
- - - -
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
µ η
αυτό ατα.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
µ η
√ √ √ √
- -
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
3. PRAKTICKÉ RADY
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
√ √ √
- -
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια
6. OVLÁDACÍ PRVKY A PROGRAMY
να µε την
√ √
- - - -
να
de
να
√ √ √ √
- -
Količina XXL
Športna oblačila
Majhna količina
√
√
Polica za čevlje, priložena sušilnemu stroju, omogoča sušenje največ
dveh parov čevljev. Odstranite filter v vratih in na njegovo mesto
namestite polico. Pred sušenjem iz čevljev odstranite vložke in jih šele
nato postavite v stroj.
Srednji kavlji so primerni za moške čevlje, stranski pa za otroške in
ženske čevlje (velikost 39). Priporočamo, da zavrtite boben in se tako
prepričate, da ni predmetov, ki bi ovirali sušenje. Čevlja ob straneh
lahko postavite tudi s podplatom navzgor.
POLICA ZA ČEVLJE IN ŠPORTNE COPATE
67
SL
68
ONE Fi EXTRA
Ta aparat je opremljen s tehnologijo ONE Fi
EXTRA, ki vam zahvaljujoč funkciji Wi- Fi
omogoča daljinsko upravljanje s pomočjo
ustrezne aplikacije.
VČLANITEV APARATA (V APLIKACIJO)
● Naložite aplikacijo Hoover Wizard na
svojo napravo.
Postopek včlanitve za uporabnike
pametnega telefona Android s tehnologijo
NFC (Near Field Communication) je
poenostavljen (Easy Enrollment); sledite
navodilom na zaslon u tele fona,
PRID R Ž I T E TELEFON V B L I Ž INI
LOGOTIPA ONE Fi EXTRA na stikalni
plošči aparata, ko aplikacija to zahteva.
OPOMBE:
Če ne veste, kje na telefonu je
antena NFC, počasi s svojim
pametnim telefonom krožite nad
logotipom ONE Fi EXTRA, dokler
aplikacija ne potrdi povezave. Da bi
bil prenos podatkov uspešen, je
ključnega pomena, DA DRŽITE
PAMETNI TELEFON OB STIKALNI
P L O Š Č I T E K O M C E L E G A
POSTOPKA, KI TRAJA NEKAJ
SEKUND. Sporočilo na napravi vas
obvesti o uspehu operacije in vam
da vedeti, kdaj lahko odmaknete
telefon.
Debela ohišja ali kovinske nalepke
na pametnem telefonu bi lahko
vplivale na prenos podatkov med
strojem in telefonom, ali ga celo
onemogočile. Če je potrebno, jih
odstranite.
Z zamenjavo nekaterih delov
pametnega telefona (npr. pokrovček
na hrbtni strani, baterija ipd.) z
neoriginalnimi nadomestnimi deli
lahko odstranite tudi anteno NFC.
Aplikacija Hoover Wizard je na voljo tako
za Android kot iOS, in sicer za tablice in
pametne telefone.
Podrobnosti o funkcijah ONE Fi EXTRA so
na voljo v sami aplikaciji v načinu DEMO.
● Odprite aplikacijo, ustvarite profil
uporabnika in včlanite svoj aparat – sledite
navodilom na zaslonu svoje naprave, ali v
"Hitrem vodniku", ki je bil priložen vašemu
aparatu.
Svoj pametni telefon namestite tako, da
se položaj antene NFC na hrbtni strani
ujema s položajem logotipa ONE Fi
EXTRA na aparatu.
PARAMETRI BREZZICNEGA OMREŽJA
Standard brezžičnega omrežja
802.11 b/g/n
Frekvenčno območje
Največja moč oddajanja
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parametri
Specifikacije
Minimalna občutljivost
sprejemanja
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Opomba: Če odprete vrata, ko je vklopljeno
daljinsko upravljanje, povezavo z aplikacijo
obnovite tako, da zaprete vrata in pritisnete
gumb za začetek programa. Program se bo
nadaljeval.
OMOGOČANJE DALJINSKEGA
UPR AV LJ ANJA (S POM OČ JO
APLIKACIJE)
Po včlanitvi aparata morate vsakič, ko
želite daljinsko upravljati aparat s
pomočjo aplikacije, najprej potisniti
perilo v stroj, odmeriti detergent, zapreti
vrata stroja in izbrati položaj ONE Fi
EXTRA na stroju. Od tega trenutka dalje
je možno stroj upravljati daljinsko s
pomočjo aplikacije.
69
9.
ODPRAVLJANJE NAPAK
Kaj je Lahko Vzrok, da ...
Napake, ki jih lahko odpravite sami
Preden pokličete pooblaščeni servis za
nasvet, vas prosimo, da pregledate ta
seznam. Če bi se izkazalo, da stroj dela ali da
je bil nepravilno uporabljen ali nameščen,
vam bomo morali storitve servisa zaračunati.
Če težave ne morete odpraviti z nasveti po
tem seznamu, prosimo, pokličite pooblaščeni
servis, saj vam bodo morda lahko pomagali
po telefonu.
Če sušenje traja predolgo oz. če oblačila
niso dovolj suha:
● Ste izbrali pravi program/čas sušenja?
● So bile obleke preveč mokre? Ste oblačila
temeljito ročno ali strojno oželi?
● Je treba očistiti filter?
● Je treba očistiti kondenzator?
● Je sušilni stroj preobremenjen?
● Ali kaj ovira dno sušilnega stroja ali dovodne
in odvodne odprtine?
Sušilni stroj ne deluje ...
● Ali je stroj pod napetostjo? V vtičnico
priključite drugo napravo, da preverite, ali
vtičnica deluje.
● Je vtič pravilno vključen v vtičnico?
● Je prišlo do napake pri oskrbi z električnim
tokom?
● Je pregorela varovalka?
● So vrata pravilno zaprta?
● Ali je sušilni stroj vklopljen in vključen v
vtičnico?
● Ste izbrali čas sušenja ali program sušenja?
● Ste po odprtju vrat stroj vklopili ponovno?
● Je stroj prenehal delovati, ker je posoda za
zbiranje vode polna in jo je treba izprazniti?
Sušilni stroj je zelo glasen ...
●Izključite stroj in za nasvet pokličite
pooblaščeni servis.
Signalna lučka je prižgana ...
● Je treba očistiti filter?
● Je treba očistiti kondenzator?
Signalna lučka je prižgana ...
● Je treba izprazniti posodo za vodo?
Pomoč Strankam
Če vaš sušilni stroj še vedno ne dela niti potem,
ko ste preverili vse točke na tem seznamu, vas
prosimo, da za nasvet pokličete pooblaščeni
servis. Morda vam bodo lahko pomagali po
telefonu ali pa se boste dogovorili za primeren
čas serviserjevega klica skladno z določili
garancije. Vendar pa vam lahko v naslednjih
primerih servisne storitve tudi zaračunamo:
● če stroj deluje;
●če stroj ni bil nameščen v skladu z navodili za
Namestitev;
●če ste stroj uporabljali narobe.
Ve d n o u p o r a b l j a j t e o r i g i n a l n e
nadomestne dele, ki so na voljo pri
pooblaščenem servisu.
Če potrebujete servisne storitve ali
popravilo stroja, pokličite najbližji
pooblaščeni servis.
Nadomestni Deli
Pooblaščeni Servis
Izdelovalec ne odgovarja za morebitne
tiskarske napake v tem priročniku.
Proizvajalec si pridržuje pravico do
primernih sprememb svojih naprav,
tako da ne spreminja njihovih
osnovnih značilnosti.
PARAMETRI BREZZICNEGA OMREŽJA
Standard
brezžičnega omrežja
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A in NFC Forum Type 4
Frekvenčni pas
Jakost
magnetnega polja
13,553-13,567 MHz (center frekvenca 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (pri 10 metrih)
Parametri
Specifikacije
Candy Hoover Group Srl, izjavlja, da
je ta aparat, označen z oznako , skladen z
bi s tv e ni m i z aht e va m i d ir e kti ve
2014/53/EU. Če želite kopijo izjave o
skladnosti, se obrnite na proizvajalca na
naslov:
www.candy-group.com
SL
70
Sadržaj
1.INFORMACIJE O SIGURNOSTI
I PREDOSTROŽNOSTI
2. ODVODNA CIJEV : UPUTE ZA
INSTALACIJU
3. RAZVRSTAVANJE RUBLJA
4. ČIŠĆENJE I ODRŽAVANJE
5. SPREMNIK ZA KONDENZAT
6. VRATA I FILTER
7. ODABIR PROGRAMA I
PODEŠAVANJE FUNKCIJA
8. ODABIR PROGRAMA I PODEŠAVANJE
FUNKCIJA
9. UKLANJANJE GREŠAKA U RADU
Molimo vas, pažljivo pročitajte i pridržavajte se
ovih uputa i postupajte sa strojem u skladu s
njima. Priručnik daje važne smjernice za
sigurno korištenje, instalaciju, održavanje i
neke korisne savjete za najbolje rezultate
prilikom korištenja stroja.
Držite svu dokumentaciju na sigurnom mjestu
za buduće informiranje ili za eventualne
buduće vlasnike.
●
●
●
Molimo vas da provjerite je li sljedeće
isporučeno uz stroj:
Priručnik za uporabu
Garantni list
Oznaka napajanja
Postavljanjem oznake, pod punom
odgovornošću, potvrđujemo da je ovaj uređaj
u sukladnosti sa svim sigurnosnim,
zdravstvenim i ekološkim zahtjevima
europskog zakonodavstva.
Provjerite je li tijekom transporta
došlo do oštećenja stroja. U slučaju da
jeste, nazovite GIAS servis. Nepravilnim
izvršavanjem gore navedenih radnji možete
ugroziti sigurnost stroja. U slučaju problema
prouzročenih krivim korištenjem, servis ćete
morati platiti.
1.
INFORMACIJE O SIGURNOSTI
I PREDOSTROŽNOSTI
71
Uređaj mogu koristiti djeca s
navršenih 8 godina i osobe sa
smanjenim fizičkim, osjetilnim i
mentalnim sposobnostima i
nedostatkom iskustva i znanja
ukoliko su pod nadzorom ili
upućene u način upotrebe i
moguće opasnosti od strane
osoba odgovornih za njihovu
sigurnost.
Djeca se ne smiju igrati s
uređajem. Čišćenje i održavanje
ne smiju vršiti djeca bez nadzora.
●UPOZORENJE Nepravilna
upotreba sušilice rublja može
izazvati požar.
- Uređaj je namijenjen za
kućansku upotrebu i slične
primjene poput:
- u kuhinjama za osoblje u
prodavaonicama, uredima i
ostalim radnim prostorima;
- na gospodarstvima;
- za goste hotela, motela i ostalih
prostora stambenog tipa;
- u prenoćištima.
Ovaj uređaj namijenjen je
isključivo za kućnu upotrebu, za
uobičajene kućanske poslove.
Nije namijenjen za drugačije
primjene, npr. u profesionalne
svrhe, čak i ako ga koriste
stručnjaci ili posebno obučeni
korisnici.
Korištenje koje nije u skladu s
ovim uputama može smanjiti
radni vijek uređaja ili dovesti do
ukidanja jamstva proizvođača.
Bilo koji kvar ili šteta na uređaju
koja je pr o izašla zbog
neprimjernog korištenja ili
onoga koje nije u skladu s
korištenjem u kućanstvu (čak i
ako se uređaj nalazi u
k u ć a n s t v u ) n e ć e b i t i
p r i h v a ć e n a o d s t r a n e
proizvođača u jamstvenom
roku.
● U r e đ a j j e n a m i j e n j e n
isključivo za upotrebu opisanu
u ovom priručniku. Prije
početka upotrebe, pripazite da
je uređaj pravilno postavljen te
da su vam upute u potpunosti
jasne.
● Ne dodirujte uređaj vlažnim ili
mokrim rukama ili nogama.
● Ne naslanjajte se na vrata
kod punjenja rublja i ne koristite
vrata za podizanje ili pomicanje
uređaja.
●Djecu treba držati pod
nadzorom kako uređaj ne bi
koristila za igru.
HR
● UPOZORENJE Ne koristite
uređaj ako filter nije pravilno
postavljen ili ako je oštećen: može
doći do požara.
●UPOZORENJE Simbol vruće
površine označava da
temperatura tijekom rada sušilice
može biti viša od 60 C.
● Isključite utikač iz utičnice prije
svakog čišćenja.
● Ukoliko uočite kvar ili oštećenje,
prekinite s upotrebom uređaja.
●Vlakna i prašina ne se smiju
skupljati na podu oko uređaja.
● Završna faza programa sušenja
odvija se bez zagrijavanja (faza
hlađenja) kako bi rublje postigla
odgovarajuću temperaturu bez
rizika oštećenja rublja.
●Ne sušite rublje u sušilici, ukoliko
su za njegovo čišćenje korištena
industrijska kemijska sredstva.
● U P O Z O R E N J E : N e
zaustavljajte rad sušilice prije
završetka. Ukoliko to učinite,
rublje je potrebno što prije
rasprostrti kako bi se raspršila
toplina.
● Maksimalan kapacitet sušenja:
vidi energetsku naljepnicu.
Instalacija
●Ne koristite i s p r a vljače,
višestruke utičnice i/ili produžne
kablove.
● Ne postavljajte sušilicu nasuprot
ili ispod zavjesa i pripazite da iza
uređaja ne padaju ili se ne
sakupljaju predmeti.
● Ne postavljajte uređaj iza vrata
koja se zaključavaju, kliznih vrata
ili vrata s šarkama na suprotnoj
strani od sušilice rublja.
72
Važno: Tijekom transporta,
uređaj mora biti u uspravnom
položaju, ukoliko je nužno,
možete ga nagnuti na stranu
samo prema niže prikazanoj
slici;
Pažnja: Ukoliko je uređaj bio
okrenut na drugačiji način,
pričekajte barem 4 sata prije
uključenja, kako bi se ulje
vratilo u kompresor i stabiliz-
iralo. U suprotnom, može doći
do oštećenja kompresora.
73
●Ne sušite prljavo/neoprano
rublje u sušilici.
●UPOZORENJE Ne sušite
tkanine tretirane sredstvima za
kemijsko čišćenje.
●UPOZORENJE Gumeni ili
pjenasti materijali mogu se, pod
o d r e đ e n i m o k o l n o s t i m a ,
spontano z a p aliti uslijed
zagrijavanja. Predmeti poput
lateks pjene, kapa za tuširanje,
vodootpornih tkanina, punjenih
jakni ili jastuka NE SMIJU SE
sušiti u sušilici.
●Upute za sušenje uvijek
provjerite na etiketama rublja.
●Rublje je potrebno temeljito
ocijediti ili centrifugirati prije
sušenja u sušilici.
●U sušilicu ne stavljajte rublje s
kojeg kaplje voda.
●Izvadite upaljače i šibice iz
džepova i NIKADA ne koristite
zapaljive tekućine u blizini
uređaja.
●Zavjese od staklenih vlakana
NIKADA ne sušite u sušilici.
Može doći do prijenosa staklenih
vlakana na ostalo rublje što
izaziva kožne iritacije.
● Rublje zaprljano tvarima poput
ulja za kuhanje, acetona,
alkohola, petroleja, kerozina,
sredstava za uklanjanje mrlja,
terpentina, voska i sredstava za
uklanjanje vosaka potrebno je
Rublje
prije sušenja u
sušilici oprati u toploj vodi s
većom količinom deterdženta.
● O m e k š i v a č e i s l i č n e
proizvode koristite u skladu s
uputama proizvođača
Ventilacija
● U prostoriji gdje je smještena
sušilica potrebno je osigurati
odgovarajuću ventilaciju kako
ne bi došlo do miješanja s
p l i n o v i m a k o j i n a s t a j u
izgaranjem kod rada ostalih
uređaja, uključujući otvoreni
plamen.
● Stražnju stranu uređaja
postavite uz zid ili okomitu
površinu.
● Između uređaja i ostalih
predmeta mora biti barem 12
mm slobodnog prostora.
Ventilacijski otvori moraju biti
prohodni i bez prepreka. Za
pravilnu ventilaciju, prostor
između uređaja i poda mora biti
bez prepreka.
●Redovito provjeravajte
prohodnost ventilacijskih
otvora.
● Redovito provjeravajte
mekani filter nakon upotrebe, te
ga očistite ukoliko je potrebno.
HR
Ne postavljajte sušilicu u
prostor niske temperature gdje
postoji mogućnost zamrzavanja.
Na temperaturi oko točke
zamrzavanja, uređaj ne može
pravilno raditi: postoji rizik
oštećenja ukoliko dođe do
zamrzavanja vode u sustavu
hidraulike (ventili, cijevi, pumpe).
Za bolju učinkovitost uređaja,
temperatura prostora mora biti
između 5-35°C. Imajte na umu da
rad u hladnim uvjetima (između
+2 and +5°C) može izazvati
kondenzaciju vode na podu i
zidovima prostorije.
● Pripazite da iza sušilice ne
padaju i ne skupljaju se predmeti
kako ne bi zapriječili prohodnost
ventilacijskih otvora.
● NIKADA ne postavljajte sušilicu
nasuprot ili ispod zavjesa.
● U slučaju kada se sušilica
postavlja na perilicu rublja,
potrebno je koristiti odgovarajući
element za spajanje prema
sljedećim uputama:
- element za spoj 35100019: za
perilice rublja minimalne dubine
49 cm
- element za spoj 35900120: za
perilice rublja minimalne dubine
51 cm
Gore navedeni elementi za
spajanje dostupni su kod naših
ovlaštenih servisa.
Isporučuju se uz upute za
instalaciju te potreban pribor za
spajanje.
74
UPOZORENJE:
uređaj se ne smije napajati
iz vanjskog sklopnog
uređaja, poput brojača
vremena, niti se priključiti na
strujni krug koji se redovito
uključuje i isključuje iz
opskrbnog pogona.
Air Outlets in the Base
Zaštita okoliša
● Sav materijal korišten za ambalažu ekološki je
prihvatljiv i može se reciklirati. Molimo da
zbrinjavanje ambalaže izvršite na za to predviđ
enom odlagalištu. Za upute se obratite
nadležnom lokalnom uredu.
● Za sigurno odlaganje uređaja, isključite utikač
iz utičnice, presijecite glavni kabel i uništite ga
zajedno s utikačem. Uklonite šarke i odvojite
vrata kako biste spriječili da se djeca zatvore
unutar uređaja.
Europska smjernica 2012/19/EU
Uređaj nosi oznaku sukladnosti s EU
Smjernicom 2012/19/EU o otpadnoj
električnoj i elektroničkoj opremi
(OEEO).
OEEO sadrži zagađujuće tvari (mogu
imati negativne posljedice za okoliš i
osnovne sirovine (mogu se ponovno iskoristiti).
Važno je OEEO podvrgnuti odgovarajućoj
obradi, kako bi se pravilno uklonile i zbrinule
sve zagađujuće tvari, a reciklirali svi korisni
materijali.
Kako bi se osiguralo da OEEO ne postane
ekološki problem, pojedinci imaju važnu
ulogu; potrebno je slijediti nekoliko osnovnih
pravila:
OEEO se ne smije tretirati kao kućanski otpad;
OEEO mora biti zbrinut na odgovarajućim
odlagalištima kojima upravlja
lokalna samouprava ili ovlaštene tvrtke.
U mnogim zemljama, za veći OEEO,
organizirano je skupljanje krupnog otpada. Kod
kupnje novog uređaja, stari možete vratiti kupci
koji ga je dužan preuzeti bez naknade uz uvjet
da je uređaj istovjetan i ima iste funkcije kao i
novi.
Uvjeti za električno spajanje
Sušilica rublja radi na jednofaznom
električnom naponu 220-240V, 50 Hz.
Pripazite da je osigurač u električnoj instalaciji
na koji je priključena sušilica snage najmanje
6A.
Električna struja može biti izuzetno opasna.
Uređaj mora biti uzemljen.
Zidna utičnica i utikač sušilice moraju biti
istovrsni.
Ne koristite ispravljače, višestruke utičnice i/ili
produžne kablove.
Nakon postavljanja sušilice, utikač mora biti
lako dostupan.
Popravak kvara i/ili oštećenja
uzrokovanih nepravilnom instalacijom
ide na trošak korisnika .
U slučaju oštećenja glavnog
kabla, treba ga zamijeniti posebnim
kablom dostupnim ISKLJUČIVO kod
ovlaštenog servisa. Kabel mora
postavili ovlašteni servis.
Ne spajajte sušilicu na električnu
mrežu sve dok instalacija nije završena.
Zbog vaše sigurnosti, uređaj mora biti
pravilno postavljen. Ukoliko imate
nedoumica oko instalacije, kontaktirajte
ovlašteni servis.
GIAS ovlašteni servis
●Za siguran i učinkovit rad uređaja,
savjetujemo da sve servise i popravke obavlja
isključivo GIAS ovlašteni servis.
Podešavanje nožica
Nakon postavljanja
uređaja, poravnajte
ga pomoću podesivih
nožica.
75
Sadrži fluorirane stakleničke
plinove. Hermetički zatvoreno
HR
GWP1430
2.
ODVODNA CIJEV : UPUTE ZA
INSTALACIJU
Kako biste izbjegli pražnjenje spremnika za
kondenzat nakon svakog ciklusa sušenja,
kondenzat možete isprazniti i izravno u sustav
kućnog odvoda (kao i kod kuhinjskog
sudopera). Propisi o zaštiti okoliša zabranjuju
površinsko ispuštanje otpadnih voda. Odvod za
vodu mora biti smješten neposredno uz sušilicu
rublja.
Komplet za instalaciju sadrži cijev, spojnicu,
obujmicu.
UPOZORENJE! Isključite uređaj i
izvadite utikač iz utičnice prije instalacije.
Upute za instalaciju
76
1
1. Lagano nagnite
uređaj na desnu
stranu.
2. Odvodna cijev
s mje š t e n a j e n a
desnoj strani uređaja
(vidi sliku). Sivu cijev
spojite na most s
lijeve strane uređaja.
P o m o ć u k l i j e š t a ,
uklonite obujmicu
cijevi s mosta.
3. Izvucite cijev iz
spoja s mostom.
2
3
4. Učvrstite crnu
cijev iz kompleta za
instalaciju pomoću
spojnice i obujmice
na cijev izvučenu
sa spoja s mostom.
5. Spojite novu
odvodnu cijev na
odvod za vodu.
6 . N a k o n
p o s t a v l j a n j a
uređaja, pripazite
da nova cijev nije
pretjerano savinuta
ili pritisnuta.
Spojite uređaj na
električnu mrežu
4
5
Pažnja: Ako je uređaj tijekom ove
instalacije bio okrenut na drugačiji način,
pričekajte barem 4 sata prije uključenja
kako bi se ulje vratilo u kompresor i
stabiliziralo. U suprotnom, može doći do
oštećenja kompresora
6
3.
Razvrstavanje rublja
Prije prve upotrebe sušilice:
● Pažljivo pročitajte upute za upotrebu.
● Uklonite sve predmete iz bubnja.
●Obrišite unutrašnjost bubnja vlažnom krpom
kako biste uklonili zaostalu prašinu.
Pripazite da je rublje namijenjeno sušenju u
sušilici, prema simbolima na etiketama rublja.
Provjerite jesu li svi gumbi i zatvarači zatvoreni, a
džepovi prazni. Okrenite rublje na unutarnju
stranu. Rublje pažljivo složite u bubanj kako se ne
bi zapetljalo.
Priprema rublja
Ne sušite u sušilici rublja:
Svilu, najlonke, osjetljive izvezene tkanine,
rublje s metalnim, plastičnim ili kožnim
ukrasima.
VAŽNO: Ne sušite rublje koje je tretirano
sredstvima za kemijsko čišćenje ili gumene
materijale (opasnost od požara ili eksplozije).
Tijekom zadnjih 15 minuta ciklusa, rublje se
suši na hladnom zraku.
U sušilici sušite samo rublje koje ste temeljito
ocijedili ili centrifugirali. Što je manja vlažnost
rublja, to je kraće sušenje, time i potrošnja
električne energije.
UVIJEK
●Provjerite čistoću i prohodnost filtera prije
svakog ciklusa sušenja.
NIKAD
● Ne stavljajte u sušilicu mokro rublje s kojeg
kaplje voda, može doći do oštećenja uređaja.
Ušteda energije
Pripazite na kapacitet bubnja, veliki
komadi rublja kada su mokri prelaze
maksimalan kapacitet (poput vreća za
spavanje, popluna).
Prikladno za sušenje u sušilici rublja.
Sušenje na visokim temperaturama.
S a m o s u š e n j e n a n i s k i m
temperaturama.
Zabranjeno sušenje u sušilici rublja.
Ukoliko rublje nema odgovarajuću etiketu
sa simbolima za sušenje, smatra se da nije
prikladno za sušenje u sušilici rublja.
●Prema količini i debljini materijala
Kada količina rublja prelazi kapacitet
sušilice, odvojite rublje prema debljini
materijala (npr. ručnike od tankog donjeg
rublja).
● Prema vrsti tkanine
Pamuk/lan: ručnici, traper, posteljina,
stolnjaci.
Sintetika: Košulje, majice, radna odjela od
poliestera ili poliamida, kao i miješane
tkanine od pamuka I sintetike.
4.
ČIŠĆENJE I ODRŽAVANJE
Čišćenje sušilice
● Nakon svakog ciklusa sušenja, očistite
filter i ispraznite spremnik za kondenzat.
● Redovito čistite kondenzator.
●Nakon svake upotrebe, obrišite
unutrašnjost bubnja i ostavite otvorena
vrata kako bi kruženje zraka osušilo bubanj.
● Obrišite vrata i ostatak uređaja mekanom
krpom.
●NE KORISTITE abrazivne materijale ili
sredstva za čišćenje
●Da spriječite zapinjanje vrata i nakupljanje
vlakana, nakon svakog sušenja očistite
unutrašnjost i brtvu vrata vlažnom krpom.
77
. .
● Prema simbolima na etiketi
Nalaze se na ovratniku ili unutarnjem šavu:
Razvrstavanje rublja
.
HR
5.
SPREMNIK ZA KONDENZAT
Voda koja se tijekom sušenja uklanja s rublja,
skuplja se u spremnik smješten s unutarnje
strane vrata bubnja. Kada se spremnik
napuni, uključit će se svjetlosni
indikator na upravljačkoj ploči te se spremnik
MORA isprazniti. Naravno, preporučamo
pražnjenje spremnika nakon svakog ciklusa
sušenja.
NAPOMENA: Kod prvih nekoliko ciklusa
novog uređaja skupit će se mala količina
vode s obzirom da se prvo puni unutarnji
spremnik
Uklanjanje spremnika za kondenzat
NAPOMENA: Ukoliko
imate mogućnost odvoda
v o d e , u z p o m o ć
odgovarajućeg seta za
i n s t a l a c i j u , m o ž e t e
osigurati stalan odvod
kondenzata. Time ćete
u k l o n i t i p o t r e b u z a
pražnjenjem spremnika za
kondenzat. Upute za
instalaciju potražite u
odgovarajućem dijelu
priručnika.
A
B
1C
VAŽNO Uvijek isključite uređaj i iskopčajte
utikač iz utičnice prije čišćenja uređaja.
Električne podatke potražite na natpisnoj
pločici s prednje strane kućišta (s otvorenim
vratima).
UPOZORENJE! Bubanj, vrata i rublje
mogu biti izuzetno vrući.
78
1. Nježno povucite
spremnik držeći ga za
ručku. (A)
Kada je pun, spremnik za
kondenzat teži oko 6 kg.
2. Nagnite spremnik
kako biste ispraznili
k o n d e n z a t k r o z
odgovarajući otvor. (B)
Kada je prazan, vratite
spremnik kao prikazano;
(C) prvo postavite donji
di o sprem n ika kao
prikazano (1) , a potom
lagano pritisnite gornji
dio u položaj(2).
3. Pritisnite tipku za
ponovno pokretanje
ciklusa sušenja.
RAD SA SUŠILICOM RUBLJA
Za pravilno sušenje ne otvarajte vrata tijekom
automatskih programa.
1. Otvorite vrata I stavite rublje u sušilicu.
Pripazite da rublje omogućuje zatvaranje
vrata.
2. Laganim pritiskom zatvorite vrata dok ne
čujete klik.
3. Okrenite programator za odabir željenog
programa sušenja. (vidi Tablicu programa).
4. Pritisnite tipku. Sušilica automatski
započinje s radom, a svjetlosni indikator
iznad tipke ostaje uključen.
5. Ukoliko tijekom programa otvorite vrata,
za nastavak sušenja, potrebno je pritisnut
tipku za nastavak sušenja nakon zatvaranja
vrata.
6. Blizu završetka ciklusa, kreće faza
hlađenja, rublje se suši na hladnom zraku.
7. Nakon završetka ciklusa, bubanj će se
povremeno okretati kako bi se smanjili
nabori i izbjeglo gužvanje rublja. Rotacija
bubnja će se nastaviti sve dok ne isključite
uređaj ili otvorite vrata.
8. Nakon završetka programa, uključit će
se odgovarajući svjetlosni indikator (END)
6.
VRATA i FILTER
Povucite ručku kako biste otvorili vrata.
Za ponovno pokretanje sušenja, zatvorite
vrata i pritisnite Start / Pause tipku.
UPOZORENJE! Tijekom rada sušilice,
vrata i bubanj mogu biti IZUZETNO VRUĆI.
Filter
VAŽNO: Za održavanje učinkovitog rada
sušilice, provjerite čistoću mekanog filtera
prije svakog ciklusa.
1 . P o v u c i t e f i l t e r
prema gore.
2.Otvorite filter kao
prikazano.
3.Nježno uklonite
o s t a t k e v l a k a n a
mekanom četkom ili
vrhovima prstiju.
4.Sklopite filter i vratite
ga na početan položaj.
1
2
Svjetlosni indikator začepljenog filtera
Uključuje se kada je potrebno očistiti
filter.
Ukoliko rublje nije suho, provjerite da filter
nije začepljen.
AKO FILTER ČISTITE POD MLAZOM
VODE, NE ZABORAVITE GA OSUŠITI.
UPOZORENJE! Ako otvorite vrata
tijekom ciklusa, a prije faze hlađenja, ručka
može biti veoma vruća. Koristite izuzetan
oprez kod pražnjenja spremnika za
kondenzat tijekom ciklusa sušenja.
79
Čišćenje filtera kondenzatora
1. Uklonite poklopac na
dnu uređaja.
2 . O k r e n i t e d v i j e
preklopne poluge u
smjeru suprotnom od
kazaljke na satu i
p o v u c i t e p r e d n j i
poklopac.
3.Lagano uklonite okvir
filtera i očistite ga od
prašine i osta t a k
vlakana. Ne koristite
vodu za čišćenje
filtera.
4 . L a g a n o u k l o n i t e
spužvu iz ležišta i
operite je pod mlazom
v o d e kak o b i st e
uklonili prašinu i
ostatke vlakana.
5 . V r a t i t e p r e d n j i
poklopac na početni
p o l o ž a j ( k a o
prikazano strelicama)
i čvrsto utisnite u
ležište. Učvrstite dvije
poluge okretanjem u
smjeru kazaljke na
satu.
6. Vratite poklopac
1
2
3
4
5
Očistite filtere prije svakog
ciklusa.
HR
HR
7. KONTROLE I POKAZATELJI
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Izbornik programa - Zakretanjem odabirača
u oba smjera moguće je odabrati željeni program
sušenja. Kako biste otkazali odabir ili isključili sušilicu,
zakrenite odabirač na OFF (ISKLJUČENO).
B - Digitalni zaslon - Zaslon prikazuje preostalo
vrijeme sušenja, odgođeno vrijeme u slučaju
odgođenog početka i ostale postavke obavijesti.
C - Gumbi -
1. Gumb Start/Pause (Pokretanje/Zaustavljanje)
Za pokretanje/zaustavljanje odabranog programa.
2. Gumb Delay Start (Odgoda početka)
Omogućava odgodu početka programa od 1 do
24 sata u 1-satnim intervalima. Odabrano vrijeme
odgode prikazuje se na zaslonu.
Nakon pritiska gumba START, prikazano se
vrijeme skraćuje sat po sat.
Ako otvorite vrata uz postavku odgode početka,
nakon zatvaranja vrata ponovno pritisnite gumb
za početak kako biste nastavili s odbrojavanjem.
3. Gumb Drying Selection (Odabir sušenja)
Omogućava postavljanje prilagodljive opcije za
odabir stupnja sušenja do 5 minuta nakon
pokretanja ciklusa:
Ready to Iron (Spremno za glačanje):
Ostavlja odjeću vlažnu radi olakšanog
glačanja.
Dry Hanger (Sušenje za vješalicu): Odjeća
je spremna za vješanje.
Dry wardrobe (Sušenje za ormar) : Za
odjeću koja se može odmah slagati u ormar.
Extra-dry (Potpuno sušenje): Za potpuno
sušenje odjeće, idealno za puni kapacitet
sušilice.
Ovaj je stroj opremljen funkcijom upravljanja su-
šenjem. Pri automatskim ciklusima, svaka
prijelazna razina sušenja prije odabrane razine
označena je treperenjem lampice koja odgovara
fazi sušenja. U slučaju nekompatibilnosti, sve
lampice brzo trepere 3 puta.
4. Odabirni gumb Rapids (Brzo sušenje) /
Time Cycle (Vremenski ciklus)
Moguće je prebaciti određeni automatski program
na program RAPID do 3 minute nakon početka
ciklusa. Progresivni tlak povećava vrijeme (30-
45-59 minuta).
Nakon što to odaberete, potrebno je isključiti
sušilicu kako bi se resetirale sve automatske
postavke sušenja. U slučaju nekompatibilnosti, sve
lampice brzo trepere 3 puta.
Moguće je prebaciti ciklus s automatskog na
programirani do 3 minute nakon početka ciklusa.
Progresivni tlak povećava vrijeme u 10-minutnim
intervalima. Nakon što to odaberete, potrebno je
isključiti sušilicu kako bi se resetirale sve automatske
postavke sušenja. U slučaju nekompatibilnosti, sve
lampice brzo trepere 3 puta.
5. Anti Crease (Sprječavanje gužvanja)
Ova vam opcija omogućava da aktivirate kretanje
bubnja prije ciklusa koje sprječava gužvanje u
slučaju aktiviranja odgode i na kraju ciklusa
sušenja. Aktivira se svakih 10 minuta do 6 sati
nakon završetka ciklusa sušenja. Kako biste
zaustavili kretanje, postavite ručku na OFF
(ISKLJUČENO). To je korisno ako nije moguće
odmah izvaditi rublje.
6. Memory (Pohrana postavki)
Ova vam opcija omogućava da pohranite opcije
postavljene unutar ciklusa.
POHRANA POSTAVKI: dok je ciklus u radu,
pritisnite gumb „memory“ na tri sekunde. Kontrolna
lampica „memory“ treperi tri puta i pohranjuje opcije
povezane s ciklusom koji je odabran na okviru.
PONIŠTAVANJE: nakon odabira ciklusa, pritisnite
gumb „memory“ kako biste poništili pohranjene opcije
(ne ciklus).
7. Keylock (Zaključavanje tipki)
Ova vam opcija omogućava da blokirate
neželjene izmjene na zadanim postavkama na
okviru tijekom faze sušenja. Aktiviranje/Deaktiviranje:
pritisnite istovremeno gumbe 3 i 4 na dvije
sekunde. Na zaslonu se pojavljuje oznaka „LOC“.
Kad otključate ovu opciju, na zaslonu se samo
jednom prikazuje oznaka „UnI“. U slučaju
otvaranja vrata s aktiviranim zaključavanjem tipki,
ciklus se zaustavlja, ali zaključavanje ostaje na
snazi: kako biste resetirali ciklus, trebate ukloniti
opciju zaključavanja i ponovno pokrenuti sušilicu.
Kad je sušilica isključena, opcija se automatski
deaktivira. Zaključavanje tipki može se mijenjati u
bilo kojem trenutku ciklusa.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
80
D- Lampica
Spremnik vode - Svijetli kad je potrebno
isprazniti spremnik kondenzirane vode.
Čišćenje filtra - Svijetli kad je potrebno
čišćenje filtra (vrata i donji filtar).
E- Wi-Fi (samo određeni modeli)
Na modelima s opcijom bežične veze ikona
pokazuje da sustav bežične veze radi.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA - Postoji određeno mjesto na
okviru na koje se može postaviti pametni telefon
tijekom spajanja stroja s aplikacijom. Slijedite
oznake na zaslonu telefona (samo za telefone sa
sustavom Android opremljene tehnologijom NFC).
Maksimalna težina sušenja
Pamuk Maksimalni prijavljeni
kapacitet
Sintetika ili
osjetljivo rublje
Maksimalno 4
kilograma
Standardni ciklus COTTON DRY (SUŠENJE PA-
MUKA) ( ) energetski je najučinkovitiji i
najprikladniji za sušenje normalnog mokrog
pamučnog rublja.
Tablica na posljednjoj stranici prikazuje okvirno
vrijeme i potrošnju energije glavnih programa
sušenja.
Potrošnja struje u isključenom
načinu 0,40 W
Potrošnja struje u uključenom
načinu 0,75 W
Kapacitet bubnja 125
Maksimalno
opterećenje
Pogledajte energetsku
oznaku
Visina 85 cm
Širina 60 cm
Dubina 60 cm
Energetski razred Pogledajte energetsku
oznaku
EN 61121 Programi za uporabu
- STANDARD DRY COTTON (STANDARDNO
SUŠENJE PAMUKA)
- IRON DRY COTTON
(SUŠENJE PAMUKA ZA
GLAČANJE)
WHITES (BIJELO RUBLJE)
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE (LAGANA NJEGA)
SYNTHETICS (SINTETIKA)
Pravo trajanje ciklusa sušenja ovisi o
početnom stupnju vlažnosti rublja uslijed
brzine vrtnje, vrsti i količini rublja, čistoći
filtera i temperaturi okoline.
Ciklus sušenja vune u ovom stroju odobrilo je
poduzeće „Woolmark Company” za sušenje
proizvoda od vune perivih u perilici pod
uvjetom da su proizvodi oprani i osušeni u
skladu s uputama na etiketi i uputama
proizvođača ovog stroja .
U Ujedinjenom Kraljevstvu, Irskoj, Hong
Kongu i Indiji zaštićeni žig Woolmark jest
certificirani zaštićeni žig.
Informacije za laboratorijske
testove
Tehničke specifikacije
Uputa za sušenje
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max.
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON
WHITES
-
EASY-CARE TEXTILE
S
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working
F- EXTRA area - site
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
depends by the starting humidity level of
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
M1530
81
HR
Očistite filtre prije svake uporabe
SAMO ZA SUŠILICE S KAPACITETOM
OD 10-11 KG: SPOJITE ISPUSNU CIJEV ZA
PRAŽNJENJE KONDENZIRANE VODE U
SKLADU S UPUTAMA U POGLAVLJU 2.
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
ambient temperature.
PROGRAM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
CAPACITY
(kg)
DRYING
TIME
(min)
Total Care je ekskluzivni ciklus za sušenje
snopa rublja od različitih vrsta tkanine. Kada
rublje od prozračnijih tkanina dosegne optimalni
stupanj sušenja i spremno je za vađenje, slova
„TC“ trepere 3 minute i oglasi se zvučni signal.
Nakon vađenja osušenog rublja, ciklus se
nastavlja
za rublje od otpornijih tkanina.
3 *
i obojano
Lagani posebni ciklus za sušenje tamne i
obojane pamučne ili sintetičke odjeće. 4 *
Pravi ciklus za sušenje pamučnog rublja, spužvi
i ručnika. Puni *
Za ravnomjerno sušenje tkanina poput trapera.
Preporuča se da naopako izvrnete odjeću prije
sušenja. 4 *
Ova vrsta ciklusa, zahvaljujući posebnom
držaču, omogućava sušenje do 2 para
platnenih tenisica. Preporuča se izvaditi vezice
iz tenisica prije su
š
enja.
*
Maksima
lno 120
minuta
Posebni ciklus koji istovremeno suši i pomaže
pri smanjenju alergena poput grinja, životinjskih
dlaka, peludi i ostataka praškastih
deterdženata.
4
Maksima
lno 220
minuta
Vunena odjeća: program se može upotrebljavati
za sušenje do 1 kg rublja (oko 3 pulovera).
Preporuča se naopako izvrnuti odjeću prije
sušenja. Postavke vremena mogu se mijenjati
zbog dimenzija i debljine rublja i vrtnje koje se
odaberu tijekom pranja. Na kraju ciklusa odjeću
je moguće nositi, no ako je od težeg materijala,
rubovi mogu još uvijek biti vlažni, stoga se
preporuča sušenje na zraku. Preporuča se
izvaditi odjeću na samom završetku ciklusa.
Pažnja: postupak je filcanja nepovratan:
isključivo sušite odjeću s oznakom („ok tumble“
(pogodno za sušilicu)); ovaj se program ne
preporu
č
a za odje
ć
u od akrilnog vlakna.
1 70
minuta
Savršeni ciklus za uklanjanje miomirisa od
ravnanja nabora na platnenom rublju. 2,5 *
*
2
*
Za sušenje osjetljivih i sintetičkih tkanina koje
zahtijevaju precizno i posebno rukovanje. 4 *
Pamučni program (sušenje za vješalicu)
najučinkovitiji je program u pogledu potrošnje
energije. Prigodno za pamuk i platneno rublje. Puni *
Ovaj je posebni program napravljen za sušenje
majica uz smanjenje gužvanja i nabora
zahvaljujući posebnim okretajima bubnja.
Preporuča se vađenje platnenog rublja odmah
nakon ciklusa sušenja.
2,5 *
Položaj koji trebate odabrati kad želite omogućiti daljinsko upravljanje
pomoću aplikacije (preko bežične mreže). Za više detalja, pogledajte
paragraf One Fi Extra.
* Pravo trajanje ciklusa sušenja ovisi o početnom stupnju vlažnosti rublja uslijed brzine vrtnje, vrsti i količini rublja,
čistoći filtera i temperaturi okoline.
82
Potpuna njega
Tamno
rublje
Bijelo
Traper
Tenisice
Antialergijsko
Vuna
Suzbijanje
miomirisa
Sintetika
Pamuk
Majice
Velika količina rublja
ć Sportska odje a
č
Mala koli ina rublja
4
6
Posebni ciklus namijenjen sušenju velikih
komada platnenog rublja, primjerice zastora i
stolnjaka. Zahvaljujući posebnim okretima bubnja,
platneno će se rublje osušiti
uz minimalno
gužvanje i nabore.
Namijenjen odjeći za sport i rekreaciju, lagano
suši s posebnom pažnjom da se izbjegne
skupljanje odjeće i uništavanje elastičnih
vlakana.
Maksima
lno 220
minuta
Namijenjen postizanju ravnomjernog sušenja za
iznimno male količine rublja.
8.ODABIR PROGRAMA I PODEŠAVANJE FUNKCIJA
KOMPATIBILNOST PROGRAMA I OPCIJA
PROGRAMI
ODABIRNE OPCIJE
Delay Start
(Odgoda početka)
Drying selection
(Odabir sušenja)
Rapids cycle
(Brzi ciklus)
Time selection
(Odabir vremena)
Anti Crease
(Sprječavanje
gužvanja)
Memory
(Pohrana postavki)
ob
83
HR
να
de
να
√ √ √ √
- -
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια
6.
να µε την
√ √
- - - -
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
3. PRAKTICKÉ RADY
√ √ √
- -
αυτό ατα.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √ √ √
-
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
√ √ √
- - -
µµ
ε τον
stejném principu jako dodané zař
√ √
- - - -
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
žte
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič
o semelhante.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
registrovaných podniků.
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
σε ,
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή
OEEZ by měly být př
,
του κύκλου η συσκευή
√ √ √
- -
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
problémy v rámci životního prostř
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důlež
√ √ √
- - -
Potpuna njega
Tamno i
ojano rublje
Bijelo
Traper
Tenisice
Antialergijsko
Vuna
Suzbijanje
miomirisa
Sintetika
Pamuk
Majice
Velika količina rublja
ć Sportska odje a
čMala koli ina rublja
√
√
Rešetka se isporučuje sa sušilicom, namijenjena za sušenje do 4 para
cipela. Potrebno je ukloniti filter na vratima i zamijeniti ga rešetkom.
Hvataljke moraju biti smještene unutar bubnja.
Rešetke u sredini namijenjene su dužim i višim, muškim cipelama, a 2
stražnje za žensku ili dječju obuću (veličine - EU 39, UK 5.5). Preporuča
se zavrtjeti bubanj kako biste uklonili eventualne prepreke. Ili možete
staviti dva para cipela bočno, potplatima prema gore.
REŠETKA ZA CIPELE I TENISICE
84
85
ONE FI EXTRA
Ovaj uređaj opremljen je ONE Fi EXTRA
tehnologijom koja omogućuje upravljanje na
daljinu putem aplikacije, zahvaljujući Wi-Fi
funkciji.
REGISTRACIJA UREĐAJA (U APLIKACIJI)
●Preuzmite Hoover Wizard aplikaciju na
svoj smartphone.
Upotrebom Android smartphona s NFC
tehnologijom (NFC – komunikacija bliskog
p o l j a ) , p o s t u p a k r e g i s t r a c i j e j e
pojednostavljen (Jednostavna registracija);
u tom slučaju, pratite upute na displayu
smartphona, PRISLONITE I DRŽITE
SMARTPHONE UZ ONE Fi EXTRA logo na
upravljačkoj ploči perilice, kada vas na to
uputi aplikacija.
NAPOMENE:
Ukoliko ne znate gdje je smještena
NFC antena, laganim kružnim
pokretima pomičite smartphone
prekoONE Fi EXTRA loga dok
aplikacija ne potvrdi spajanje. Za
uspješan prijenos podataka, ključno je
NEPREKIDNO DRŽATI SMARTPHONE
NA UPRAVLJAČKOJ PLOČI UREĐAJA
TIJEKOM CIJELOG POSTUPKA
(NEKOLIKO SEKUNDI); poruka na
uređaju će vas informirati o pravilnom
spajanju i kada je moguće udaljiti
smartphone.
Zam j enom p ojedinih dijelova
smartphona (npr. stražnje maske,
b a t er i j e , i t d .) n eo r i g in a l n im
dijelovima, možete ukloniti NFC
an te nu č im e o ne m o g uć uj et e
korištenje aplikacije.
Z a m j e n o m p o j e d i n i h d i j e l o v a
smartphona (npr. stražnje maske,
baterije, itd.) neoriginalnim dijelovima,
možete ukloniti NFC antenu čime
onemogućujete korištenje aplikacije.
AKTIVIRANJE UPRAVLJANJA NA
DALJINU (PUTEM APLIKACIJE)
Nakon registracije uređaja, kada
perilicom želite upravljati putem
aplikacije, prvo stavite rublje i
deterdžent, zatvorite vrata i okrenite
programator na ONE Fi EXTRA
položaj. Tada možete upravljati
perilicom
ONE Fi EXTRA aplikacija dostupna je za
tablete i smartphone s Android i iOS
operativnim sustavima.
Isprobajte sve ONE Fi EXTRA funkcije
korištenjem DEMO (probne) verzije
aplikacije.
● Otvorite aplikaciju, kreirajte korisnički račun
i registrirajte uređaj prateći upute na
smartphonu ili "Kratki vodič" priložen uz
perilicu rublja.
Postavite stranju stranu NFC antene
smartphona uz ONE Fi EXTRA logo na
ureğaju.
WIRELESS PARAMETERS
Bežični standard
802.11 b/g/n
Frekventni opseg
Maksimalna snaga
odašiljanja
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
PARAMETRI ZA BEŽIČNO
SPAJANJE
Tehnički uvjeti
Minimalna
osjetljivost prijema
802.11b (11Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Napomena: Ukoliko otvorite vrata tijekom
upravljanja na daljinu, kako biste ponovno
uspostavili vezu s aplikacijom, zatvorite
vrata i pritisnite START tipku. Program će
nastaviti s radom od trenutka u kojem je
prekinut.
HR
86
Mogući uzroci…
Greške koje možete sami ukloniti
Prije kontaktiranja servisa za tehničku podršku, molim
da proučite niže navedeni popis. Popravak kvara i/ili
oštećenja nastalih nepravilnom upotrebom ide na
trošak korisnika.
Ukoliko se greške nastave i nakon preporučenih
provjera, molimo da kontaktirate ovlašteni servis koji
vam može pomoći i preko telefona.
Prikazano vrijeme do kraja sušenja može se
mijenjati tijekom ciklusa. Sušilica tijekom cijelog
ciklusa provjerava status rublja i podešava
trajanje za optimalnu procjenu. Prikazano trajanje
programa može se smanjiti ili povećati; to je
normalan rad uređaja.
Sušenje traje predugo/rublje nije dovoljno suho…
● Jeste li odabrali odgovarajuće trajanje
sušenja/program?
●Možda ima previše vlage u rublju? Jeste li u
potpunosti ocijedili ili centrifugirali rublje?
● Možda je potrebno očistiti filter?
● Jeste li prekoračili maksimalan kapacitet?
Sušilica ne radi…
● Provjerite ispravnost utičnice drugim uređajem (npr.
stolnom svjetiljkom).
● Provjerite da li je utikač pravilno uključen u utičnicu.
● Ima li električne energije?
● Provjerite da nije izgorio osigurač.
● Jesu li vrata pravilno zatvorena?
● Provjerite da je sušilica uključena (utikač u utičnicu,
te ON/OFF tipka).
● Jeste li odabrali trajanje sušenja ili program?
● Jeste li uređaj ponovno uključili nakon otvaranja
vrata?
Sušilica je bučna…
● Isključite sušilicu i kontaktirajte ovlašteni servis
za savjet.
Uključen je indikator…
● Potrebno je čišćenje filtera.
● F aut-il nettoyer le condenseur ?
Uključen je indikator…
● Potrebno je isprazniti spremnik za kondenzat
KORISNIČKA PODRŠKA
Ukoliko se problemi u radu uređaja nastave
ili sumnjate na kvar, kontaktirajte Candy
tehničku podršku za savjet.
Pomoći će vam putem telefona ili vas uputiti
na ovlašteni servis u skladu s jamstvenim
uvjetima.
Sljedeći slučajevi idu na trošak korisnika:
●Utvrđena je potpuna uspravnost uređaja.
●Uređaj nije instaliran u skladu s uputama.
●Nepravilna upotreba uređaja.
Rezervni dijelovi
Ovlašteni servis
Uvijek koristite originalne rezervne dijelove,
dostupne u ovlaštenom servisu.
Za servis i popravak uređaja kontaktirajte
lokalni ovlašteni servis
Proizvođač ne odgovara za eventualne
tiskarske greške. Također zadržava pravo
izmjena na uređajima koje smatra potrebnim
bez promjene njihovih bitnih karakteristika.
Proizvođač ne odgovara za eventualne
tiskarske greške.
Također zadržava pravo izmjena na
uređajima koje smatra potrebnim bez
promjene njihovih bitnih karakteristika.
9. UKLANJANJE GREŠAKA U RADU
BEŽIČNI PARAMETRI
Bežični standard
ISO/IEC 14443 tip A i NFC Forum tip 4
Frekventni opseg
Ograničenje magnetnog polja
13,553-13,567 MHz (središnja frekvencija13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (na 10 metara)
Paramètres
Spécifications
Candy Hoover Group Srl, izjavljuje da
ovaj uređaj nosi oznaku sukladnosti
s osnovnim zahtjevima EU Smjernice
2014/53/EU. Za kopiju izjave o
sukladnosti, molimo kontaktirajte
proizvođača na
www.candy-group.com
87
Index
Моля, прочетете инструкциите
внимателно и се съобразявайте с тях
по време на употреба на машината.
Тази брошура предоставя важни
насоки за безопасна употреба,
монтаж и поддръжка, както и полезни
съвети за най-добрите резултати при
работа с машината.
Съхранявайте документацията на
сигурно място за бъдещи справки или
за бъдещи собственици.
Моля, проверете, дали следните
документи са доставени с уреда:
● Ръководство за употреба
● Гаранционна карта
● Енергиен етикет
Чрез поставяне на този символ на
продукта, потвърждаваме, че съответства
с всички необходими Европейски
изисквания за безопасност, здраве и
околна среда, които са приложими в
законодателството за този продукт.
Уверете, че уредът не е повреден при
транспортирането. Ако е повреден, се
обадете за съдействие на GIAS.
Неспазването на тези препоръки може
да застрашават безопасността на уреда.
Можете да бъдете таксувани за
обаждане за сервиз, ако проблемът с
уреда е бил причинен от неправилна
употреба.
1. ПРЕПОРЪКИ ЗА БЕЗОПАСНОСТ
2. МАРКУЧ ЗА ИЗТОЧВАНЕ:
ИНСТРУКЦИИ ЗА МОНТАЖ
3. ПОДГОТОВКА НА ЗАРЕЖДАНЕТО
4. ПОЧИСТВАНЕ И РУТИННА
ПОДДРЪЖКА
5. ВОДЕН РЕЗЕРВОАР
6. ВРАТА и ФИЛТЪР
7. КОНТРОЛИ И ИНДИКАТОРИ
8. ИЗБОР НА ПРОГРАМА
9. ОТСТРАНЯВАНЕ НА
НЕИЗПРАВНОСТИ
BG
1.
ПРЕПОРЪКИ ЗА БЕЗОПАСНОСТ
●Този уред може да се
използва от деца, навършили 8
години и лица с намалени
физически, сетивни и умствени
способности или липса на опит
и познания, ако са под
н а б л ю д е н и е и л и
и н с т р у к т и р а н и з а
използването на уреда по
безопасен начин и разбират
свързаните с това опасности.
Почистването и поддръжката
не трябва да се извършват от
деца без надзор. Децата на
възраст под 3 години следва да
се държат далеч от уреда,
освен ако не са наблюдавани
непрекъснато.
● ВНИМАНИЕ Неправилната уп
отреба на сушилнята може да пр
едизвика опасност от пожар.
● Този уред е предназначен за из
ползване в домашни или подобн
и
условия като:
- кухненски области за персонал
а в магазини, офиси и други раб
отни
пространства;
- ферми;
- от клиенти в хотели, мотели и д
руги жилищни среди;
- стаи за нощувки.
Употребата на този уред в
с р е д а , р а з л и ч н а о т
домашната, или за функции,
които не са типични за
домакинството, като търговска
употреба от експертни или
обучени потребители, се
и з к л ю ч в а д о р и п р и
о п и с а н о т о п о - г о р е
използване.
Ако уредът се използва по
н а ч и н , к о й т о н е е в
съответствие с този, това
може да скъси живота му и да
о т мени г а р а н ц и я т а н а
производителя. Всички щети
по уреда или други повреди
или загуби, произтичащи от
използване, което не е в
съответствие с домашната
или битовата употреба (дори
ако се намира в домашна
среда) няма да се приема от
производителя до степента,
позволена
от закона.
●Този уред трябва да бъде
и з п о л з в а н с а м о п о
предназначение, както е
описано в ръководството.
Уверете се, че инструкциите
за монтаж и употреба са
напълно ясни, преди работа с
уреда.
● Не докосвайте уреда, когато
сте с мокри ръце или крака.
● Не се облягайте на вратата,
докато зареждате машината и
не използвайте вратата, за да
повдигнете
● или преместите машината.
●Не позволявайте на деца да
играят с машината или нейнит
е контроли
●ВНИМАНИЕ Не използвайте
уреда, ако филтърът за мъх не
е п о с т а в е н правилно или е
88
повреден; мъхът може да се
запали.
●ВНИМАНИЕ На мястото на
символа за гореща повърхност
е т е м п е р а т у р а т а с е
повишава по време на работа
на сушилнята и може да
надвиши 60C.
● Извадете щепсела от контакта.
Винаги изваждайте щепсела от к
онтакта,
● преди почистване или дейност
и по поддръжката.
● Прекратете работа с уреда, ак
о изглежда повреден.
● На пода около машината не тря
бва да има мъхчетата и пухчетат
а.
● Финалната част на програмата
за сушене не включва нагряване
(ци к ъл на охлаждане), така че
елементите да достигнат
температура, при която да не се
повредят.
● Сушилнята не трябва да се изп
олзва, ако са използвани проми
ш л е н и химикали при
почистване.
● ВНИМАНИЕ: Никога не спирай
те сушилната машина преди кра
я н а цикъла на сушене, освен
ако всич ки п редм ети за
и з в а д е н и б ъ р з о и
р а з п р е д е л е н и , т а к а ч е
топлината е разсеяна.
● Максимално тегло при суше
не : вижте енергийния етикет..
Монтаж
89
● Не използвайте адаптери, ра
зклонители и/или удължители.
●Никога не монтирайте сушилн
ята зад пердета и се уверете, ч
е зад нея не могат да падат
или да се събират предмети.
● Уредът не трябва да се монтира
зад врата, която се заключва, пл
ъзгаща врата или такава с панта
от страната, противоположна на
т а з и н а в р а т и ч к а т а н а
сушилната машина.
Важно:Уверете се, че по
време на транспортиране,
сушилнята е в изправено
п о л о ж е н и е , а к о е
необходимо можете да
наклоните на едната страна,
както е показано;
Внимание:Ако уредът е на
другата страна, изчакайте
поне 4 часа преди да го
включите, така че маслото да
може да се върне обратно в
компресора. Неспазването
на това, може да доведе до
повреда на компресора.
BG
90
•Не сушете непрани дрехи в
барабанната сушилня.
•ВНИМАНИЕ Не сушете в
машината сухи материи, които
с а б и л и т р е т и р а н и с
п оч и с т в а щ а т еч н о с т з а
химическо чистене.
•ВНИМАНИЕ Материалите от
пенеста гума могат, при
определени обстоятелства,
при нагряване, да предизвикат
пожар от спонтанно запалване.
Артикулите като микропореста
гума (латексна пяна), шапки за
душ, водоустойчив текстил,
гумирани артикули и дрехи или
възглавници с подложки от
микропореста гума не трябва
да се сушат в барабанната
сушилня.
•Винаги правете справка с
етикетите за грижа при пране,
за подходящи насоки при
сушене.
•Дрехите трябва да са минали
през центрофуга или да са
добре изцедени, преди да се
поставят в сушилнята. Дрехи,
от които тече вода не трябва да
бъдат поставяни в сушилнята.
•Извадете запалки и кибритени
клечки от джобовете и НИКОГА
не използвайте запалими
т е ч н о с т и в бл и з о с т д о
машината.
•Никога не поставяйте пердета
от стъклени нишки в машината.
Може да настъпи раздразнение
на кожата, ако по други дрехи
има следи от стъклени нишки.
•Д р е х и , к о и т о с а б и л и
Прането
замърсени с течности като
олио за готвене, ацетон,
алкохол, петрол, керосин,
препарати за премахване на
петна, терпентин, вакси и
средства за премахване на
вакси следва да се перат с
гореща вода с допълнително
количество препарат, преди
да се сушат в сушилната
машина.
•Омекотителите за тъкани и
подобните продукти следва
да се използват съгласно
и н с т р у к ц и и т е н а
производителя.
Вентилация
•В с т а я т а , к ъ д е т о е
разположена сушилнята,
трябва да се предостави
подходяща вентилация, за да
се предотвратят газове от
уреди на гориво, включително
и открит огън.
Монтиране на уреда с гръб,
б л и з о д о с т е н а и л и
вертикална повърхност.
Трябва да има разстояние от
поне 12 mm между машината и
други предмети. Входящите и
изходящите маркучи трябва
да се предпазят от запушване.
За да се осигури подходяща
вентилация, разстоянието
между долната част на
машината и пода, не трябва да
бъде запушено.
• Редовно проверявайте, дали
въздуха, който преминава в
Не монтирайте уреда в
стая с ниска температура
или в стая, където има
опасност от замръзване.
При температури
на замръзване, уредът
м о ж е д а н е р а б о т и
правилно: има риск от
п ов р ед а , а к о в од а т а
замръзне в хидравличната
верига (клапани, маркучи,
п о м п и ) . З а п о -д о б р о
изпълнение, стайната
температура трябва да
бъ д е м е ж д у 5 - 35 ° C .
Моля,не забравяйте,че
работата в студени условия
(между +2 и +5°C) може да
доведе до образуване на
воден конденз и капки вода
на пода.
сушилнята не е ограничен.
• Ред о в н о п р о в е ря в а й т е
филтъра за мъх след употреба и
почистване, ако е необходимо.
Уверете се, че зад сушилнята
не могат да падат или да се
събират предмети, тъй като те
могат да попречат на входния и
изходния въздух.
• НИКОГА не монтирайте
сушилнята зад пердета.
• В случай, че сушилнята е
монтирана над пералнята,
трябва да се използва подходящ
с в ъ р з в а щ к о м п л е к т, в
съответствие със следната
конфигурация.
-Свързващ комплект Мод.
35100019 : з а минимална
дълбочина на пералнята 49 cm
-Свързващ комплект Мод.
35900120 : з а минимална
дълбочина на пералнята 51 cm
Свързващият комплект трябва
бъде един от посочените по-
горе, който може да получите в
сервиза ни за резервни части.
Свързващият комплект трябва
бъде един от посочените по-
горе, който може да получите в
сервиза ни за резервни части.
Инструкциите за монтаж или
фиксиращи приставки, са
предоставени със свързващия
комплект.
91
ВНИМАНИЕ:
уредът не трябва да бъде
захранван чрез външно
превключвателно устройство,
като например таймер, или
да е свързан към електрическа
верига, която постоянно се
включва и изключва от
доставчика на електроенергия.
BG
Air Outlets in the Base
Можете да бъдете таксувани за обаждане
за сервиз, ако проблемът с уреда е бил причи
нен от неправилна употреба.
Ако кабелът на уреда е повреден, то
следва да се замени със специален кабел,
който може да се получи САМО от сервиза за
резервни части. Трябва да бъде монтиран от
компетентно лице.
Не включвайте машината, докато монта
жът не е завършен. За ваша безопасност, суш
илнята трябва да бъде монтирана правилно.
Ако имате съмнения относно монтажа, се оба
дете на сервиза GIAS за съвет.
Сервиз GIAS
● С цел осигуряване продължителната безопас
ност и ефективна работа на уреда, препоръчвам
е всички обслужвания и поправки да се извършв
ат само от оторизиран инженер от сервиза GIAS.
Регулиране на крачетата
Когато машината е
монтирана, трябва
да регулирате
крачетата за нивото
на уреда.
92
Проблеми в околната среда
Европейската директива 2012/19/EU
Уредът е маркиран в съответствие
с Е в р о п е й с к а д и р е к т и в а
2012/19/ЕС за Отпадъци от
елек т р и ч е с к о и ел е к т р о н н о
оборудване (ОЕЕО).
Електрическото и електронно оборудване
съдържа и двете замърсяващи вещества
(което може да причини негативни последици
за околната среда) и основни компоненти
(които могат да се използват отново). Важно е
WEEE да се подлагат на специфично
третиране, за да се отстранят и изхвърлят по
подходящ начин всички замърсители, а
материалите да се извлекат и рециклират.
Хората могат да играят важна роля в
осигуряването на това, че електрическото и
електронно оборудване не се превърне в
проблем за околната среда. Важно е да
спазвате някои основни правила:
- WEEE не трябва да се третират като
домакински отпадъци.
- WEEE следва да се предават в съответните
пунктове за събиране, управлявани от
общинските власти или от регистрирани
компании. В много държави е възможно
събиране на WEEE по домовете.
В много държави при закупуване на нов уред
старият може да се върне на търговеца на
дребно, който трябва да го приеме безплатно
на база "едно към едно", при условие че
устройството е от еквивалентен вид и има
същите функции, като доставеното.
Електрически изисквания
Сушилните работят при волтаж от 220-
240V, 50 Hz еднофазно. Уверете, че ел.
веригата в поне 6 A.
Елек тр ич еството може да бъ де
изключително опасно. Този уред трябва
да бъде заземен. Контактът и щепселът
трябва да са от един и същи вид. Не
и з п о л з в а й т е а д а п т о р и и / и л и
удължители. Щепселът трябва да бъде
достъпен за изваждане след като уредът
е монтиран.
● Всички опаковъчни материали са природос
ъобразни и рециклируеми. Моля, изхвърляйте
отпадъците природосъобразно. Местната слу
жба ще ви даде детайли относно правилното
изхвърляне на отпадъците.
●За осигуряване на безопасност при изхвърл
яне на стара сушилня, извадете щепсела от к
онтакта, отрежете захранващия кабел и ги ун
ищожете. За предотвратите затварянето на д
еца в машината, счупете пантите на вратата
или ключа на вратата.
GWP1430
93
1
2.
МАРКУЧ ЗА ИЗТОЧВАНЕ:
ИНСТРУКЦИИ ЗА МОНТАЖ
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ!Изключете иизвад
ете от ел. захранване сушилнята, преди да пров
едете каквато и да е работа.
Монтирайте маркуча, както следва:
1. О б ъ р н е т е
машината бавно на
дясната й страна.
2. М а р к у ч ъ т з а
мръсна вода се
намира от дясната
страна на машината
(вж. картинката).
С и в м а р к у ч с е
свързва с моста от
лявата страна на
ма ш ин а т а . К ато
и з п о л з в а т е
клещите, свалете
скобата, задържаща
маркуча, от моста.
3. Д р ъ п н е т е
маркуча от връзката
с моста.
4. П р и к р е п е т е
черния маркуч от
к о м п л е к т а ( к ат о
и з п о л з в а т е
п р е д о с т а в е н и т е
конектор и скоби за
маркуч) към маркуча,
изваден от връзката
с моста.
5. Свържете новия
маркуч за източване
к ъм м а р к у ч а з а
мръсна вода.
6. С л е д к а т о
м а ш и н а т а е
п о с т а в е н а ,
проверете дъното, за
да се уверите, че
новият маркуч не се
огъва при бутане на
барабана на място.
С в ъ р ж е т е с
електрозахранващат
а мрежа.
2
3
4
5
Внимание: Ако продуктът е на
различна страна, изчакайте поне
4 часа преди да го включите, за
да може маслото да протече
о б р а т н о в к о м п р е с о р а .
Неизпълнението на това може да
повреди компресора.
За да избегнете източването на водния
резервоар след всеки цикъл, водата може да
бъде изхвърляна директно в отходна тръба
( с ъ щ а т а д р е н а ж н а с и с т е м а к а т о
домакинските мивки). Правилник при водата
затваряща свръзка към повърхност за
източване на вода. Дренажната тръба за вода
трябва да бъде разположена до сушилнята.
Комплектът се състои от: 1 маркуч и 1 кран.
BG
6
3.
ПОДГОТОВКА НА ЗАРЕЖДАНЕТО
Коприна , н айло но ви чорапога щн иц и,
деликатни бродерии, платове с метални
декорации, дрехи с PVC или кожени ръбове.
ВА Ж Н О : Н е с у ш е т е д р е х и ,
третиране с течност от химическо
чистене, или гумени дрехи (опасност от
пожар или експлозия).
В последните 15 минути зареждането винаги
се върти с хладен въздух.
Пестене на енергия
. .
.
● По символи за грижа
Можете да ги откриете на яката или по вътрешния
шев:
Подходящи за сушене в сушилня.
Сушене в машина при висока температура.
Не претоварвайте барабана – когато об
емистите предмети са мокри, това може да н
адвиши теглото на дрехите (например: спал
ни чували, завивки).
Сушене в машина при ниска температура.
Да не се суши в машина.
Ако предметът няма етикет за грижа, се
предполага, че не е подходящ за сушилня.
●По количество и дебелина
Когато зареждането е по-голямо от
капацитета на сушилнята, разделете
дрехите според дебелината им (например
хавлии от тънко бельо).
●По вид на тъканта
Памук/лен: Хавлии, памучен анцуг, спално
бельо и покривки.
Синтетика: Блузи, тениски, гащеризони и
т.н. от полиестер или полиамид, както и
микс от памук и синтетика.
4. ПОЧИСТВАНЕ И РУТИННА
ПОДДРЪЖКА
ВАЖНО Винаги изключвайте и
изваждайте щепсела от електрическата
мрежа, преди почистване на уреда.
За информация Относно данни за
електричеството, вижте табелката с
данни на предната страна на сушилнята
(при отворена врата).
Почистване на сушилната машина
● Почиствайте филтъра и изпразвайте
водния резервоар след всеки цикъл на
сушене.
● Почиствайте редовно кондензатора.
● След всеки период на употреба,
избършете барабана отвътре и оставете
вратата отворена за известно време, за да
може да се изсуши.
● Избършете външната повърхност на
машината и вратата с мека кърпа.
● НЕ използвайте абразивни кърпи или
почистващи препарати.
● За да предотвратите залепване на вратата
или наслагване на мъх, почиствайте
вътрешната врата и уплътненията с влажна
кърпа след всеки цикъл на почистване.
94
Преди да използвате сушилнята за пръв път:
моля, прочетете внимателно тази книжка с
инструкции. Извадете всички предмети от
барабана. Избършете барабана и вратата
свлажна кърпа, за да отстраните праха, който
може да се е събрал по време на
транспортиране.
Подготовка на дрехите
Уверете се, че прането, което ще сушите е
подходящо за сушилня, както е посочено на
етикетите за грижа на всяка дреха.
Уверете се, че всички закопчалки са затворени
и джобовете са празни. Обърнете дрехите на
обратно. Поставете дрехите свободно в
барабана, за да не се оплетат.
Да не се суши в машина:
Сортирайте дрехите, както следва
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ!Барабанът,
вратата и прането може да са много
горещи.
В сушилнята поставяйте само пране, което
е минало през центрофуга или е
изцедено добре. Колкото по-сухо в прането,
толкова по-малко време ще се суши и ще
спестите електричество.
ВИНАГИ
● Проверявайте, дали филтърът е чист
преди всеки цикъл на сушене.
НИКОГА
● Поставянето на мокри предмети в
сушилнята може да повреди уреда.
95
5.
ВОДЕН РЕЗЕРВОАР
За да извадите резервоара
от вратата
1 . В н и м а т е л н о
извадете резервоара
за вода, като хванете
дръжката. (А) Когато е
п ъ л е н , в о д н и я т
резервоар ще тежи
около 6 кг.
2. Наклонете водния
контейнер, за да го
и з п р а з н е т е п р е з
тръбата. (B)
К о г а то е п р аз е н ,
в ъ р н е т е в о д н и я
резервоар както е
п о к а з а н о ; ( С )
п о с т а в е т е п ъ р в о
о с н о в а т а н а
контейнера на място
както е показано (1),
след това внимателно
бутнете горната част
на място (2).
3 . Н а т и с н е т е
бутон за рестарт
на програмата.
A
B
1C
ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Ако имате
възможност за дренаж,
б л и з о
до сушилнята, може да
използвате комплекта за
и з х в ъ р л я н е , з а д а
п р е д о с т а в и т е
постоянно източване на
в о д а т а ,
к о я т о с е с ъ б и р а в
контейнера след всеки
ц и к ъ л .
Това означава, че вие не
трябва да изпразвате
в о д н и я р е з е р в о а р .
РАБОТА
Не отваряйте вратата по време на авто-
матичните програми за да може дрехите да
се изсушат.
1. Отворете вратата и заредете прането.
У в е р е т е с е , ч е д р е х и т е н е
възпрепятстват на затварянето на
вратата.
2. Внимателно затворете вратата, като я
натиснете бавно, докато се чуе
"кликване".
3. Завъртете кръговия селектор на
програми, за да изберете желаната
п р о г р а м а з а с у ш е н е ( в и ж т е
Ръководството за програми).
4. Натиснете бутона . Сушилнята
ще започне автоматично и индикаторът
над бутона ще свети постоянно.
5. Ако отворите вратата по време на
програмата, за да проверите прането,
необходимо е да натиснете , за да
възстановите сушенето, след като
затворите вратата.
6. Когато краят на цикъла наближи,
машината ще влезе във фаза на
охлаждане, дрехите ще се въртят в
барабана със студен въздух, което
позволява охлаждане на прането.
7. След приключване на цикъла,
барабанът ще се върти с прекъсвания,
за да се намали намачкването. Това ще
продължи, докато машината не се
изключи или вратата не бъде отворена.
Водата от прането, по време на сушене се
събира в контейнер във вратата на
сушилнята. Когато контейнерът се напълни,
индикаторът на контролното табло ще
светне и контейнера трябва да бъде
изпразнен.Препоръчваме контейнерът да
се изпразва след всеки цикъл на сушене.
ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Ще се събира много малко
вода по време на първите няколко цикъла,
когато машината е нова, тъй като първо се
пълни вътрешния резервоар.
BG
6.
ВРАТА и ФИЛТЪР
ВНИМАНИЕ! Когато сушилнята се
използва, барабанът и вратата могат да
са МНОГО ГОРЕЩИ.
ВАЖНО: За да поддържате ефективността
на сушилнята, проверявайте дали филтъра
за мъхчета е чист след всеки цикъл на
сушене.
1 . И з д ъ р п а й т е
филтъра нагоре.
2. Отворете филтъра,
както е показано.
3. В н и м а т е л н о
отстранете мъхчетата с
мека четка или пръсти.
4 . Щракнете филтъра
и поставете обратно.
1
2
Индикатор за грижа на филтъра
АКО ЧИСТИТЕ ФИЛТЪРА ПОД ВОДНА
СТРУЯ, НЕ ЗАБРАВЯЙТЕ ДА ГО ИЗСУШИТЕ.
ВНИМАНИЕ! Ако отворите вратата по
средата на програма, преди да завърши
програмата за охлаждане, дръжката може
да е гореща. Моля, бъдете особено вн-
имателни, когато опитвате да изпразните
водния резервоар по време на програма.
96
Светва, когато филтърът се нуждае от
почистване.
Ако прането не се суши, проверете дали
филтърът не е запушен.
1
2
3
4
5
Почистване на филтър на кондензатор
Филтър
1. Отстранете капака.
2.Завъртете двете
заключващи лостове
по посока обратна на
ч а с о в н и к о в а т а
стрелкаи издърпайте
предния капак.
3. В н и м а т е л н о
отстранете рамката
н а ф и л т ъ р а и
почистете праха или
мъхчетата от филтъра
с к ъ р п а . Н е
използвайте вода при
п о ч и с т в а н е н а
филтъра.
4. О т с т р а н е т е
внимателно гъбата от
мястото и след това
измийте под течаща
вода, като го въртите,
за да отстраните
всякакъв прах или
мъхчета.
5.Поставете обратно
предния капак, като се
уверите, че е поставен
правилно (както е
п о к а з а н о с ъ с
с т р е л к а т а ) и г о
избутайте силно на
м я с т о т о м у .
З а к л ю ч ет е д в ат а
л о с т а , к а т о г и
завъртите по посока
на час овник овата
стрелка.
6. Поставете обратно
капака.
Издърпайте дръжката, за да отворите вратата.
За да рестартирате сушилнята, затворете
вратата и натиснете бутона "Старт/Пауза
Почиствайте филтрите преди
стартиране на всяка програма.
BG
7. ОРГАНИ ЗА УПРАВЛЕНИЕ
И ИНДИКАТОРИ
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A – Програматор – Чрез завъртане на копчето в
някоя от двете посоки е възможно да се избира
желаната програма за сушене. За анулиране на
избор или за изключване на сушилнята, завъртете
копчето в положение OFF.
B – Цифров дисплей – Дисплеят показва
оставащото време за сушене, отложеното време в
случай на избрано стартиране със закъснение,
както и друга информация за настройки.
C – Бутони –
1. Бутон Start/Pause (Стартиране/Пауза)
За стартиране на избраната програма и/или
за временното й спиране.
2. Бутон Delay Start (Отложен старт)
Дава възможност за отлагане на стартирането
на програмата с между 1 и 24 часа, през
интервали от 1 час. Избраното време за
отлагане се показва на дисплея. След
натискане на бутона за стартиране START
показваното време се намалява с всеки час.
При отваряне на люка (вратичката), когато е
зададен отложен старт, след като затворите
люка, натиснете отново бутона за стартиране,
за да се възобнови отброяването.
3. Бутон за избор на сушене
Той дава възможност за задаване на желаното
ниво на сушене с възможност за нагласяне до 5
минути след започване на цикъла:
Ready to Iron(Готово за гладене): Дрехите
остават леко влажни, за да се улесни
гладенето.
Dry Hanger(Сухо за простиране): За да
бъдат дрехите готови за простиране.
Dry wardrobe(Сухо за гардероба): За
директно съхраняване на изпраните
дрехи.
Extra-dry (Допълнително сушене): За
напълно сухи дрехи, идеално подхожда за
пълно натоварване.
Този уред е оборудван с функцията за
управление на сушенето (Drying Manager
Function). При автоматични цикли, всяко
междинно ниво на сушене, преди достигане
на избраното ниво, се показва чрез мигане на
светлинния индикатор, съответстващ на
постигнатото ниво на сушене. В случай на
несъвместимост всички светодиоди ще
примигнат бързо 3 пъти.
4. Бутон Rapid / Избиране на време на цикъл
Възможно е включване на някоя автоматична
програма към програмата RAPID, до 3 минути
след началото на цикъла. При продължаващо
натискане времето се увеличава (30 – 45 – 59
минути).
След този избор, за да се нулира действието
на автоматичното сушене, е необходимо
сушилнята да се изключи. В случай на
несъвместимост всички светодиоди ще
примигнат бързо 3 пъти.
Възможно е преминаване от автоматичен към
програмиран цикъл, до 3 минути след
началото на цикъла. При продължаващо
натискане времето се увеличава през
интервали от по 10 минути. След този избор,
за да се нулира действието на автоматичното
сушене, е необходимо сушилнята да се
изключи. В случай на несъвместимост всички
светодиоди ще примигнат бързо 3 пъти.
5. Опцията Anti Crease
Тази опция дава възможност за задействане
на движението за отпускане на гънките по
време на предварителния цикъл на барабана в
случай на задействане на отлагане и в края на
цикъла на сушене. Задейства се на всеки 10
минути, до 6 часа след края на цикъла на
сушене. За да спрете тези движения, поставете
копчето в положението за изключено (OFF). Това
е полезно, когато няма възможност прането да
бъде извадено веднага.
6. Memory (Запаметяване)
Тази опция дава възможност за запаметяване
на зададените опции за цикъла.
MEMORY (ЗАПАМЕТЯВАНЕ): когато цикълът е
задействан, натиснете бутона „memory“ за три
секунди. Индикаторът „memory“ примигва три
пъти и зададените опции, свързани с
избрания цикъл, се запаметяват.
RECALL (ИЗВИКВАНЕ): след избиране на
цикъла, натиснете бутона „memory“, за да
извикате запаметените функции (не цикъла).
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing
the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time C
ycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
I
t's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals.
After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre
cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activat
ed every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the opti
ons set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is runni
ng push the
button "memory" for three seconds.
The control
light "memory" flashes for three ti
mes and stores
the set opti
ons connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selecti
on of the cycle push
the butt
on "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time C
ycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
I
t's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals.
After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre
cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activat
ed every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to
store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle i
s running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three ti
mes and stores
the set opti
ons connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selecti
on of the cycle push
the butt
on "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
ing.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
97
BG
7. Keylock (Заключване на клавишите)
Тази функция дава възможност за блокиране
на нежелателни промени на зададените опции
върху панела, по време на етапа на сушене.
Задействане/Спиране: натиснете бутони 3 и 4
едновременно за две секунди. Върху дисплея
ще се появи „LOC“. При разблокиране на тази
опция, на дисплея ще се появи „Unl“, само
веднъж. Ако люкът бъде отворен по време на
задействано заключване на клавишите,
цикълът ще спре, но блокирането ще остане:
за да рестартирате цикъла трябва да
прекратите блокирането и да възстановите
стартирането. Когато сушилнята е изключена,
тази опция е деактивирана автоматично.
Заключването на клавишите може да бъде
променяно по всяко време на цикъла.
Светодиод
D -
Water tank – светва, когато е нужно да се
изпразни резервоара за воден кондензат.
Filter cleaning – светва, когато е нужно да
се почистят филтрите (вратата и долния
филтър).
E – Wi-Fi (само при някои модели)
При моделите с опция Wi-Fi, иконата показва,
че Wi-Fi системата работи.
Зона F – ONE Fi EXTRA – Има подходящо
място върху панела, където да се поставя
смартфона по време на включването на
машината към приложението. Следвайте
индикацията върху дисплея на телефона (само
за Android смартфони, оборудвани с тех-
нологията NFC).
Максимално тегло при сушене
Памучни Макс. деклариран
капацитет
Синтетични или
деликатни тъкани
макс. 4 кг
Стандартният цикъл COTTON DRY ( ) е
най-икономичният и най-добре подхожда за
сушене на нормално влажни памучни тъкани.
Таблицата на последната страница показва
приблизителното време и консумираната
енергия за основните програми за сушене.
Консумирана енергия в
изключено положение 0,40 W
Консумирана енергия във
включено положение 0,75 W
Капацитет на
барабана 125
Максимално
натоварване
Вижте енергийния
етикет
Височина 85 см
Ширина 60 см
Дълбочина 60 см
Енергиен клас Вижте енергийния
етикет
EN 61121 Програма за използване
Цикълът за сушене на вълнени изделия на
тази машина е одобрен от „The Woolmark
Company“ за машинно сушене на вълнени
продукти, при условие, че продуктите се
перат и сушат според инструкциите на
етикета на облеклото и тези, посочени от
производителя на тази машина.
Търговската марка Woolmark е сертификатна
марка в Обединеното кралство, Ирландия,
Хонконг и
Индия
.
Ръководство за сушене
Технически спецификации
Информация за лабораторията
за изпитване
Реалната продължителност на цикъла
зависи от началното ниво на влажност на
прането според оборотите на центрофугата,
вида и количеството на натоварването,
чистотата на филтрите и околната
температура.
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-
CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
depends by the starting humidity level of
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
-
EASY CARE TEXTILE
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D
-
Led
Water tank
-
I
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
-
EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
EN 61121 Programme To Use
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Cottons
capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Synthetics or
Delicates
kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
Energy class
See energy label
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
There is an appo
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( )
is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
1
EN
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niv
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en la tabla de programas).
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
tratamiento de vapor específico con el fin
de garantizar la máxima eficacia de
limpieza de acuerdo con el tipo de tejido y
el color de las prendas.
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
2)
Presione la tecla MEMORIA, elija M1
o M2
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Tecla MEMORIA
Благодаря Ви, за избора на перална
машина Candy.
Ние сме уверени, че ще ви служи вярно,
ден след ден, в безопасното пране на
вашите дрехи, дори на най-деликатните.
Можете да регистрирате вашият продукт
на www.registercandy.com за да
получите бърз достъп до допълнителни
услуги единствено запазени за нашите
най-лоялни клиенти.
Внимателно прочетете тези инструкции
за правилна и безопасна работа с уреда
и
за
ефективна
поддръжка.
Използвайте пералната машина
само, след като прочете внимателно
тези инструкции. Препоръчваме ви да
запазите тези инструкции в добро
състояние за всички бъдещи ползватели
на уреда.
Моля проверете дали уреда е доставен с
инструкции за експлоатация, гаранционна
карта, адрес на сервиз и етикет за
енергийна ефективност. Препоръчваме ви
да пазите всички тези документи
Всеки продукт се 16
, наречен сериен ер
отпечатан върху стикер, върху
уреда ( областта на врата върху
гаранционната карта. Този код е като
идентификационна карта на продукта,
може да се наложи да го регистрирате и
ще ви потрябва, при контакт със
сервизният център на Candy.
Този уред е маркиран в
съответствие с Европейска
Директива 2012/19/ЕС за Oтпадъци
от Eлектрическо и Eлектронно
Oборудване (ОЕЕО).
ОЕЕО съдържат както замърсяващи
вещества (които могат да доведат до
негативни последици за околната среда),
така и основни компоненти (които могат да
бъдат използвани повторно). Важно е ОЕЕО
да са обект на специална обработка, за да се
премахнат и да се депонират правилно
всички замърсители, и да се възстановят и
рециклират всички материали. Гражданите
могат да играят важна роля в
,
че ОЕЕО нямат да станат проблем за
околната среда; от съществено значение е да
се следват някои основни правила:
ОЕЕО не трябва да се третират като битов
(домакински) отпадък;
ОЕЕО трябва да бъдат предавани в
съответните пунктове за събиране, управлявани
от общината или от регистрирани компании. В
много страни може да има събиране от дома на
големи ОЕЕО.
В много страни, когато си купите нов уред,
старият може да бъде
който трябва да го вземе безплатно на база
едно-към-едно, ако оборудването е от сходен
вид и има същите функции като закупеното
оборудване.
4. ПОДДРЪЖКА И ПОЧИСТВАНЕ
5.
КРАТКО РЪКОВОДСТВО ЗА УПОТРЕБА
6. УПРАВЛЕНИЕ И ПРОГРАМИ
7. СУШЕНЕ
Условия за околната среда
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
M1530.
98
– STANDARD DRY COTTON
(СТАНДАРТНА ПАМУК)
– IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
– EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
Почиствайте филтрите преди всеки цикъл
БЕЛЬО))(ЗА ГЛАДЕНЕ ПАМУК (
ОВЕН ТЕКСТИЛ СИНТЕТИКА) )(ОБИКН (
8. АВТОМАТИЧНА ПРОГРАМА
САМО ЗА СУШИЛНЯ С ЦЕНТРОФУГА С КА-
-
ЧВАНЕ, ЗА ДА РЕГЕНЕРИРАТЕ ВОДНИЯ КОН-
ДЕНЗАТ СЪГЛАСНО УКАЗАНИЯТА В ГЛАВА 2
-
ПАЦИТЕТ 10 11 КГ: СВЪРЖЕТЕ МАРКУЧА ЗА ИЗТО
BG
να
κύκλου
να
στην
το
διοχετεύσει
ια
σε
συσκευής
επιλογή
κύκλο
πορείτε
διάρκεια
αντίστοιχου
ηλεκτρονικού
του
γίνεται
του
να
νύκτα
NIGHT &
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
3
θα
τρόπο
στον
κάποιο
εύκολα
τα
γυρνώντας
θέση
BG
8. ИЗБИРАНЕ НА ПРОГРАМАТА И ЗАДАВАНЕ НА ФУНКЦИЯТА
ПРОГРАМА ОПИСАНИЕ НА ПРОГРАМАТА
CAPACITY
(КАПАЦИТЕТ)
(кг)
DRYING
(СУШЕНЕ)
TIME (min)
ВРЕМЕ
(мин.)
Цялостна грижа
„Цялостна грижа“ е един изключителен цикъл за съвместно
изсушаване на партида пране от различни тъкани. Когато
по-леките тъкани достигнат оптималната степен на
изсушаване и са готови за изваждане, ще мига текст „ТС“
в продължение на 3 минути и ще прозвучи сигнал. След
изваждане на изсушените дрехи, цикълът ще продължи за
изискващите по-продължително сушене дрехи.
3
*
Тъмни и цветни
дрехи
Деликатен и специален цикъл за сушене на тъмни, цветни
или дрехи от синтетични материали. 4 *
Бельо Подходящият цикъл за изсушаване на памучни, попиващи
тъкани и пешкири. Пълно *
Дънкови
панталони
Предназначен за сушене на еднородни тъкани като
дънкови панталони или джинси. Препоръчва се обръщане
на дрехите преди изсушаването им.
4
*
Маратонки
Благодарение на специалната закачалка има възможност
за изсушаване на 2 чифта обувки от плат. Препоръчва се
преди сушенето да бъдат извадени връзките от обувките. * Max
120’
Противоалергичен
Специален цикъл, при който освен сушене се намаляват
основните алергени като акари, косми от домашни любимци,
полени и остатъци от прахообразни почистващи препарати. 4 Max
220’
Вълна
Вълнени дрехи: програмата може да се използва за
изсушаване на до 1 кг пране (например 3 пуловера).
Препоръчва се дрехите да се обърнат наопаки преди
сушене. Времето може да зависи от размерите и
дебелината на дрехите и избраното центрофугиране по
време на прането. В края на цикъла, дрехите са готови за
носене, но ако те са тежки, възможно е ръбовете да бъдат
леко влажни: препоръчва се да бъдат изсушавани по
естествен начин. Препоръчва се дрехите да се изваждат в
самия край на цикъла. Внимание: сплъстяването на
вълната е необратим процес; изсушавайте само дрехи
със символ „ok tumble“; тази програма не е предназначена
за дрехи от акрил.
1
70’
Абсорбиране на
миризмите
Превъзходен цикъл за премахване на миризмите от
гънките при гладене на тъкани от лен. 2,5 *
XXL Load
Специален цикъл, предназначен за изсушаване на пране
с големи размери, напр. пердета, чаршафи и покривки за
маса. Благодарение на специалните движения на бара-
бана, сухото пране ще се отличава с минимално смачкване
и образуване на гънки.
6 Max
220’
Спортни
Предназначен е за специално облекло за спорт и фитнес,
което се изсушава внимателно и със специални грижи, за
да се избегне мачкането и повреждането на еластичните
нишки.
4 *
Малко
натоварване
Предназначен е за постигане на равномерно изсушаване
при много малко пране. 2 *
Синтетика За изсушаване на деликатни и синтетични тъкани, които
изискват внимателна и специфична обработка. 4 *
Памучни
Програмата за памучни тъкани (Сухо за простиране)
е най-ефикасната програма от гледна точка на консу-
мацията на енергия. Подходяща е за памучни и ленени
тъкани.
Пълно *
Ризи
Този специален цикъл е предвиден за сушене на ризи
с минимално смачкване и образуване на гънки, което се
постига чрез специални движения на барабана. Препоръчва
се дрехите да се изваждат веднага след края на цикъла.
2,5
*
Позиция, която трябва да изберете, когато искате да активирате дистанционното
управление чрез приложението (чрез Wi-Fi). За подробности вижте точка One Fi Extra.
* Реалната продължителност на цикъла зависи от началното ниво на влажност на прането според оборотите на центрофугата,
вида и количеството на натоварването, чистотата на филтрите и околната температура.
99
СЪВМЕСТИМОСТ НА ПРОГРАМИ И ОПЦИИ
ПРОГРАМИ
ИЗБИРАЕМИ ОПЦИИ
Отложен старт
Избор на сушене
Бърз цикъл
Избиране на
време
Против гънки
Запаметяване
(Memo)
Цялостна грижа
Тъмни и
цветни дрехи
Бельо
Дънкови панталони
Маратонки
Противоалергичен
Вълна
Абсорбиране
на миризмите
Синтетика
Памучни
Ризи
избора на перална
сме уверени, че ще ви служи вярно,
след безопасното пране на
вашите дрехи деликатните.
Можете продукт
www.registercandy.com за да
получите достъп до допълнителни
услуги единствено нашите
лоялни
Внимателно инструкции
правилна и безопасна работа с уреда
полезните
поддръжка
.
Използвайте
пералната машина
, след като прочете внимателно
инструкции Препоръчваме ви да
запазите
тези инструкции
в добро
състояние за всички бъдещи ползватели
уреда.
проверете доставен с
инструкции
експлоатация,
, адрес на
сервиз
и
етикет за
енергийна . ви
пазите всички
тези
документи
.
Всеки продукт се идентифицира с 16-
цифрен номер,
отпечатан
уреда ( или върху
гаранционната е като
идентификационна продукта,
да регистрирате и
ви
сервизният
уред
е
маркиран в
съответствие
с
Европейска
Директива 2012/19/ЕС
тпадъци
и
борудване (ОЕЕО).
ОЕЕО съдържат както замърсяващи
вещества (които могат да доведат
негативни последици за околната среда
така и основни компоненти (които могат
бъдат използвани повторно). Важно е ОЕЕО
да са обект на специална обработка, за да
премахнат и да се депонират правилно
всички замърсители, и да се възстановят
рециклират всички материали. Гражданите
могат да играят важна роля в
гарантирането
че ОЕЕО нямат да станат проблем за
околната среда; от съществено значение е да
се следват някои основни правила:
ОЕЕО не трябва да се третират битов
(домакински) отпадък;
ОЕЕО трябва да бъдат предавани
съответните пунктове за събиране, управлявани
от общината или от регистрирани компании.
много страни може да има събиране от дома на
големи ОЕЕО.
В много страни, когато си купите нов уред
старият може да бъде върнат на продавача
който трябва да го вземе безплатно на база
едно-към-едно, ако оборудването е от сходен
вид и има същите функции като закупеното
оборудване.
1. ОБЩИ ПРАВИЛА ЗА БЕЗОПАСНОСТ
2. ИНСТАЛИРАНЕ
3. ПРАКТИЧНИ СЪВЕТИ
4. ПОДДРЪЖКА И ПОЧИСТВАНЕ
5.
ЗА
УПОТРЕБА
6. УПРАВЛЕНИЕ И ПРОГРАМИ
7. СУШЕНЕ
8. АВТОМАТИЧНА ПРОГРАМА
9. СЕРВИЗ И ГАРАНЦИЯ
Условия
Съдържание
της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται
13 14
5
7 7 7
8 9 411
ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν
το
πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ εάν η είναι
κλειστή η
ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
και µ
ετά
θα
µείνει
µµένη.
Περιµένετε ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ ανοίξετε
.
ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
εικονίδιο
την
ταχύτητα
µατος πρόγραµµα
που
οποία µπορεί να
ή
ακυρωθεί µ την βοήθεια
του
αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου
ατος.
ακύρωση στυψίµατος.
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµ
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µ
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγραµµα
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµό
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη
τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου .
Οι ενδεικτικές λυχνίες εµφανίζουν τις
λειτουργίες που µπορείτε να επιλέξετε από
τα αντίστοιχα πλήκτρα.
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ .
η δεν
έχει
κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία
αναβοσβήνει
για 7
και
µ
ετά
έναρξη την
πιέστε πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
100
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důlež
√ √ √
- - -
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
problémy v rámci životního prostř
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
,
του κύκλου
ěly být př
,
του κύκλου
√ √ √
- -
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
registrovaných podniků.
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
žte
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
√ √ √
- - -
µµ
ε τον
stejném principu jako dodané zař
√ √
- - - -
αυτό ατα.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √ √ √
-
3.
√ √ √
- -
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
6.
να µε την
√ √
- - - -
να
de
να
√ √ √ √
- -
XXL Load
Спортни
Малко
натоварване
√
√
Този аксесоар се предоставя със сушилнята и позволява сушене
на до 4 маратонки. Трябва да свалите филтъра на вратата и да
сложите рафта на негово място. Почистете замърсяванията по
обувките преди да ги поставите в сушилнята. Този аксесоар се
предоставя със сушилнята и позволява сушене на до 4 маратонки.
Трябва да свалите филтъра на вратата и да сложите рафта на
негово място.
Почистете замърсяванията по обувките преди да ги поставите в
сушилнята. Централните куки са подходящи за мъжки обувки, а
страничните – за детски или женски обувки (EU 39- UK 5.5).
Препоръчително е да завъртите барабана, за да проверите дали
се върти свободно. В случай, че се закачат, можете да поставите
обувките с подметката нагоре.
BG
101
ПОСТАВКА ЗА ОБУВКИ И МАРАТОНКИ
ПОСТАВКА ЗА ОБУВКИ И МАРАТОНКИ
ONE Fi EXTRA
Този уред е оборудван с ONE Fi EXTRA
технология, която ви дава възможност да го
к о н т р о л и р ат д и с т а н ц и о н н о ч р е з
приложение App, благодарение на Wi-Fi
функция.
СВЪРЗВАНЕ НА МАШИАТА (КЪМ APP)
● Свалете приложението Hoover Wizard- на
вашето устройство.
Използвайки на Android смартфони
оборудвани с NFC технология (Near Field
Communication), процеса на свързване с
уреда опростен (Лесно свързване); в този
случай, следвайте инструкциите на
изписвани на дисплейя на телефона, КАТО
ГО ПОСТАВИТЕ И ЗАДРЪЖТЕ БЛИЗО
логото на ONE Fi EXTRA на таблото на
машината, когато това се изисква от App.
приложението.
БЕЛЕЖКИ:
Ако не знаете положението на
В а ш а т а N F C а н т е н а , б а в н о
предвижете вашият смарфон с
кръгово движение върху логото ONE
Fi EXTRA докато приложението не
потвърди връзка. За да бъде
успешно извършено прехвърлянето
на данни е от съществено значение
ДА СЕ ЗАДЪРЖИ СМАРТФОНА НА
ТА Б Л О ТО Н А М А Ш И Н АТА З А
Н Я К О Л К О С Е К У Д И П Р И
ИЗВЪРШВАНЕ НА ПРОЦЕДУРАТА;
съобщение на устройството ще
информира за резултата от и ще
посъветва, кога ще е възможно да се
отмести смартфона по-далеч.
По-дебелите калъфи или метални
стикери за телефон могат да
повлияят или попречат на обмена
на данни между машината и
телефона. Свалете ги, ако е
необходимо.
Замяната на някои компоненти на
смартфона ви (напр. заден капак,
батерия и др.) с неоригинални такива,
може да даде отражение върху NFC
атената, пречейки на цялостното
използване на приложението.
Приложението Hoover Wizard е налично
за устройства, работещи и с Android и с
IOS, както таблети така и смартфони.
Научете всички подробности за функциите
на ONE Fi EXTRA работейки с приложенито
App в демонстрационнен режим.
● Отварете приложението, създайте си
профил и се свържете с уреда следвайки
инструкциите на дисплея на устройството
или "Бързото ръководство" идващо с
машината.
Поставете смартфона си така че NFC
антената на гърба да съвпада с
разположението на логото на ONE Fi
EXTRA на уреда.
БЕЗЖИЧНИ ПАРАМЕТРИ
Безжичен Стнадарт
802.11 b/g/n
Честотна лента
Mаксимална излъчвателна
мощност
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Параметър
Спецификация
Минимална чувствителност
на пиремане
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Забележка: В случай, че отворите вратата
п р и а к т и в и р а н о д и с т а н ц и о н н о
управление, трябва да я затворите и да
натиснете бутона за Вкл. Отново, за да
възстановите връзката с приложението.
Цикълът ще стартира от момента, в който е
бил прекъснат.
АКТИВИРАНЕ НА ДИСТАНЦИОНОТО
УПРАВЛЕНИЕ НА МАШИНАТА (ПРЕЗ
ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕТО APP)
След като сте свързали машината веднъж,
всеки път когато искате да я управлявате
дистанционно през пирложенито първо
трябва да заредите парнето и препарата,
да затворите вратата на машината и да
изберете на програматора ONE Fi EXTRA.
От този момнет нататък Вие можете да
управлявате машината през команди от
приложението.
102
9.
ОТСТРАНЯВАНЕ НА НЕИЗПРАВНОСТИ
Каква може да е причината за..
Дефекти, които можете да поправите сами
Преди да се обадите на сервиза GIAS за
технически съвет, моля, прегледайте следния
списък. Ще бъдете таксувани, ако се окаже, че
машината работи или е била монтирана или
използвана неправилно.
Ако проблемът продължава след извършване
на препоръчаните проверки, моля, обадете се
на сервиза GIAS, те могат да ви асистират по
телефона.
Показаното време може да се промени по
време на цикъла на сушене. Времето за край
се проверява постоянно по време на
цикъла на сушене и времето се регулира, за
да даде най-доброто време. Показаното
време може да се увеличи или намали по
време на цикъла на сушене и това е
нормално. Времето за сушене е прекалено
дълго/дрехите не са достатъчно сухи...
● Избрали ли сте правилното време за сушене/п
рограма?
● Дрехите бяха ли прекалено мокри? Бяха ли дре
хите внимателно изцедени или подсушени чрез
центрофуга?
● Филтърът има ли нужда от почистване?
● Сушилнята претоварена ли е?
Сушилнята не работи...
● Има ли подаване на електричество към сушил
нята? Проверете с помощта на друг уред като на
столна маса.
● Щепселът правилно ли е свързан към електрич
еската мрежа?
● Има ли спиране на тока?
● Има ли изгорял предпазител?
● Вратата напълно затворена ли е?
● Включен ли е уредът както към мрежата, така и
към машината?
● Избрали ли сте време за сушене или програма?
● Машината беше ли включена отново след отва
рянето на вратата?
Сушилнята е шумна...
● Изключете сушилнята и се свържете с оторизир
аният сервиз за съвет.
Индикаторът е включен...
● Филтърът има ли нужда от почистване?
Индикаторът е включен...
● Водният резервоар трябва да се изпразни?
ОБСЛУЖВАНЕ НА КЛИЕНТИ
Ако все още има проблем с вашата
сушилня след приключване на всички
препоръчани проверки, моля обадете се на
оторизирания сервиз за съвет.
Те могат да ви помогнат по телефона или да
организират подходяща среща с инженер,
който да се свърже с вас по силата на
условията на вашата гаранция. Въпреки
това, може да бъдете таксувани, ако някои
от следните неща се отнасят за машината
ви:
● Ако работи нормално.
●Не е монтирана, в съответствие с
инструкциите за монтаж
● Използвана е неправилно
Резервни части
GIAS Service
Винаги използвайте оригинални
резервни части, налични директно от
GIAS Service.
FОтносно сервизни и ремонтни
дейности, обадете се на вашия местен
инженер на GIAS Service
Производителят не поема никаква
отговорност в случай на каквито и да е
п е ч а т н и г р е ш к и в т а з и к н и ж к а .
Производителят също така си запазва
правото да извършва съответни промени
на продукта без да променя основните
характеристики.
БЕЗЖИЧНИ ПАРАМЕТРИ
Безжичен
Стнадарт
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A и NFC
Forum Type 4
Честотна лента
Граници на
магнитното поле
13,553-13,567 Mhz (честотна 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (на10 метра)
Параметър
Спецификация
С това Candy Hoover Group ООД
декларира че този уред маркиран с
е в съответствие с основните
изисквания на директивата 2014/53/ ЕС.
За да получите копие от декларацията за
съответствие, моля, свържете се с
производителя на адрес:
www.candy-group.com
BG
103
Index
Διαβάστε αυτές τις οδηγίες και τηρείτε τις πιστά,
εκτελώντας το χειρισμό της συσκευής αντίστοιχα.
Το εγχειρίδιο αυτό παρέχει σημαντικές οδηγίες
ασφαλούς χρήσης, εγκατάστασης, συντήρησης
και ορισμένες χρήσιμες υποδείξεις για τα καλύτερα
αποτελέσματα όταν χρησιμοποιείτε τη συσκευή
σας.
Φυλάξτε το σύνολο της τεκμηρίωσης σε ασφαλή
θέση για μελλοντική αναφορά ή για τυχόν
μελλοντικούς κατόχους της συσκευής.
Ελέγξτε ότι στην παράδοση η συσκευή
συνοδεύεται από τα εξής:
● Εγχειρίδιο Οδηγιών
● Κάρτα εγγύησης
● Ενεργειακή σήμανση
Με την τοποθέτηση της σήμανσης σε
αυτό το προϊόν, δηλώνουμε με δική μας
ευθύνη, τη συμμόρφωση με το σύνολο όλων
των απαιτήσεων της Ευρωπαϊκής ένωσης
για τ η ν α σ φ ά λει α , υγε ί α κα ι τ ο υ
περιβάλλοντος, που αναφέρονται στη
νομοθεσία για αυτό το προϊόν.
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η συσκευή δεν έχει υποστεί
ζημιά κατά τη μεταφορά. Αν έχει, καλέστε για
σέρβις τη GIAS.Η μη τήρηση των παραπάνω
μπορεί να υποβαθμίσει την ασφάλεια της
συσκευής. Μπορεί να χρεωθείτε για την
επίσκεψη του σέρβις αν το πρόβλημα της
συσκευής σας οφείλεται σε κακή χρήση.
1. ΥΠΕΝΘΥΜΙΣΕΙΣ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
2. ΣΕΤ ΕΥΚΑΜΠΤΟΥ ΣΩΛΗΝΑ
ΑΠΟΣΤΡΑΓΓΙΣΗΣ
ΝΕΡΟΥ ΟΔΗΓΙΕΣ
ΣΥΝΑΡΜΟΛΟΓΗΣΗΣ
3. ΠΡΟΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΦΟΡΤΙΟΥ
4. ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ
ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΙΣΜΕΝΗ
ΣΥΝΤΗΡΗΣΗ
5. ΔΟΧΕΊΟ ΝΕΡΟΎ
6. ΠΌΡΤΑ ΚΑΙ ΦΊΛΤΡΟ
7. ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΑ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΥ ΚΑΙ
ΕΝΔΕΙΚΤΙΚΕΣ ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ
8. ΕΠΙΛΟΓΗ ΤΟΥ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΟΣ
9. ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ
104
1.
ΥΠΕΝΘΥΜΙΣΕΙΣ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
● Η συσκευή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη γ
ια χρήση από παιδιά ηλικίας άνω τω
ν 8 ετών και από άτομα με μειωμένη
ψυχοφυσική δεξιότητα η χωρίς προ
γενέστερη εμπειρία και γνώση στη χ
ρήση της συσκευής υπό τον όρο ότι
θα επιβλέπονται, θα τους δοθούν οι
κατάλληλες οδηγίες και θα έχουν κα
τανοήσει τους κινδύνους που εγκυμ
ονεί η χρήση της συσκευής. Μην αφ
ήνετε τα παιδιά να παίζουν με τη συσ
κευή ή να ασχολούνται με το καθαρι
σμό και τη συντήρηση της χωρίς την
επίβλεψη ενήλικα.
●ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Η κακή
χρήση ε νός περι στροφικού
σ τ ε γ ν ω τ η ρ ί ο υ μ π ο ρ ε ί ν α
δημιουργήσει κίνδυνο πυρκαγιάς.
● Η συσκευή αυτή προορίζεται απο
κλειστικά για οικιακή και παρεμφερε
ίς με την οικιακή χρήσεις όπως:
- Στον αγροτουρισμό;
- Από τους πελάτες ξενοδοχείων, μ
οτέλ και παρεμφερών χώρων;
- Απ ό το υ ς πε λάτ ες τ ων bed &
breakfast.
-Χρήση διαφορετική από την κλασι
κή οικιακή χρήση ,όπως επαγγελμα
τική χρήση από ειδήμονες ή
επαγγελματίες ,δεν ενδείκνυται έστ
ω και αν γίνεται στους προαναφερθ
έντες χώρους. Διαφορετική από τ
ην προαναφερθείσα χρήση μπορεί
να επηρεάσει την διάρκεια ζωής της
συσκευής και να ακυρώσει την ισχ
ύ της εγγύησης που την συνοδεύε
ι. Ζημιές ή βλάβες στη συσκευή ή
σε τρίτους που μπορεί να αποδοθ
ούν σε διαφορετική από την οικιακ
ή , χρήση της συσκευής (έστω και
αν η συσκευή είναι εγκατεστημένη
σε οικιακό περιβάλλον) δεν αναγν
ωρίζεται από τον κατασκευαστή ο
ύτε ενώπιον των δικαστηρίων.
●Αυτή η συσκευή προορίζεται
αποκλειστικά για οικιακή χρήση,
δ η λ . σ τ έ γ ν ω μ α ο ι κ ι α κ ώ ν
υφασμάτων και ενδυμάτων.
●Αυτή η συσκευή θα πρέπει να
χρησιμοποιείται μόνο για την
προβλεπόμενη χρήση της όπως
αυτή περιγράφεται στο παρόν
εγχειρίδιο. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι οι
οδηγίες εγκατάσταση ς και
χρή σης έχο υν κ ατα νοη θεί
πλήρως πριν τη λειτουργία της
συσκευής.
● Μην αγγίζετε τη συσκευή αν τα
χέρια ή τα πόδια σας είναι υγρά ή
βρεγμένα.
●Μη στηρίζεστε στην πόρτα όταν
τοποθετείτε ρούχα στη συσκευή
και μη χρησιμοποιείτε την πόρτα
για ανύψωση ή μεταφορά της
συσκευής.
● Μην επιτρέπετε σε παιδιά να
παίζουν με τη συσκευή ή με τα
στοιχεία χειρισμού της.
EL
105
●Π Ρ Ο Ε Ι Δ Ο Π Ο Ι Η Σ Η Μ η
χρησιμοποιήσετε το προϊόν αν το
φίλτρο χνουδιού είτε δεν είναι στη
θέση του είτε έχει υποστεί ζημιά. Το
χνούδι μπορεί να αναφλεγεί.
●ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Όπου έχει
τοποθετηθεί το σύμβολο θερμής
επιφάνειας , η θερμοκρασία
κ α τ ά τ η λ ε ι τ ο υ ρ γ ί α τ ο υ
σ τ ε γ ν ω τ η ρ ί ο υ μ π ο ρ ε ί ν α
υπερβαίνει τους 60 βαθμούς C.
● Αφαιρέστε το φις από την παροχή
ρεύματος. Πάντα αφαιρείτε το φις
πριν καθαρίσετε τη συσκευή.
●Μη συνεχίσετε τη χρήση της
συσκευής αν αυτή παρουσιάσει
δυσλειτουργία.
● Δεν πρέπει να επιτρέπετε στις ίνες
και το χνούδι να συσσωρεύονται
στο δάπεδο γύρω από το εξωτερικό
μέρος της συσκευής.
●Το εσωτερικό του τυμπάνου
μπορεί να είναι πολύ θερμό. Πάντα
επιτρέπετε στο στεγνωτήριο να
ολοκληρώσει την περίοδο ψύξης
του πριν αφαιρέσετε τα ρούχα.
●Το τελευταίο μέρος ενός κύκλου το
υ στεγνωτηρίου γίνεται χωρίς θερμ
ότητα (κρύος κύκλος) για να εξασφα
λιστεί ότι τα ρούχα εναποθέτονται σε
θερμοκρασία που να διασφαλίζει ότι
δεν θα καταστραφούν οι ίνες τους.
●Το στεγνωτήριο να μη χρησιμοποι
ηθεί σε περίπτωση που χρησιμοποι
ήθηκαν χημικά για τον καθαρισμό
●ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ:Να μην σταμα
τάτε ποτέ τη λειτουργία του στεγνωτ
ηρίου πριν την ολοκλήρωση του κύκ
Εγκατάσταση
●Μη χρησιμοποιείτε αντάπτορες,
πολύπριζα και/ή καλώδια επέκτασης.
●Ποτέ μην εγκαταστήσετε το
στεγνωτήριο κοντά σε κουρτίνες και
φροντίστε απαραίτητα να αποτρέπετε
την πτώση ή τη συσσώρευση
α ν τ ι κ ε ι μ έ ν ω ν π ί σ ω α π ό τ ο
στεγνωτήριο.
●Η συσκευή δεν πρέπει να
εγκατασταθεί πίσω από πόρτα που
κλειδώνει, συρόμενη πόρτα ή πόρτα
που έχει μεντεσέ σε αντίθετη πλευρά
από αυτή του μηχανικού στεγνωτηρίου.
λου, εκτός κι αν όλα τα ρούχα απο
μακρυνθούν και απλωθούν γρήγ
ορα ούτως ώστε να διαχέεται η θε
ρμότητα
●Μέγιστο βάρος φορτίου στεγν
ώματος:Δείτε ενεργειακή ετικέτα.
Επισήμανση : Μην γέρνετε τη
συσκευή κατά τη μεταφορά της
. Εάν πρέπει να την γείρετε
πρέπει να το κάνετε από την
δεξιά πλευρά κοιτάζοντας
την.(βλέπε φωτό) .
Προσοχή : εάν έχετε γείρει τη
συσκευή σε λάθος πλευρά
,πρέπει να περιμένετε 4 ώρες
πριν την βάλετε σε λειτουργία
.Η α ναμ ονή α υτή ε ίνα ι
απαραίτητη για να επανέλθει το
λιπαντικό στο κομπρεσέρ ,εάν
δεν τηρήσετε αυτή την οδηγία
το κομπρεσέρ της συσκευής
μπορεί να πάθει βλάβη.
106
●Μη στεγνώνετε στο περιστροφικό
στεγνωτήριο είδη που δεν έχουν
πλυθεί.
●ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Μη στεγνώνετε
στο περιστροφικό στεγνωτήριο
υφάσματα επεξεργασμένα με υγρά
στεγνού καθαρισμού.
● ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Τα υλικά από
αφρώδες ελαστικό μπορούν, υπό
ο ρ ι σ μ έ ν ε ς σ υ ν θ ή κ ε ς , ν α
αυταναφλεγούν όταν θερμανθούν.
Είδη όπως αφρώδες ελαστικό
(αφρώδες λατέξ), σκουφάκια ντους,
αδιάβροχα υφάσματα, είδη με
επένδυση ελαστικού και ενδύματα ή μ
μαξιλάρια με γέμιση από αφρώδες
ελαστικό ΔΕΝ ΠΡΕΠΕΙ να στεγνώνουν
στο περιστροφικό στεγνωτήριο.
●Πάντα ανατρέχετε στις ετικέτες
φροντίδας των ρούχων για οδηγίες
σχετικά με την καταλληλότητα για
μηχανικό στέγνωμα.
● Τα ρούχα θα πρέπει να στύβονται στο
πλυντήριο ή καλά στο χέρι πριν
τοποθετηθούν στο περιστροφικό
στεγνωτήριο. Δεν πρέπει να
τοποθετούνται στο στεγνωτήριο ρούχα
που είναι τόσο υγρά ώστε να στάζουν.
● Δεν πρέπει να αφήνετε στις τσέπες
αναπτήρες ή σπίρτα και ΠΟΤΕ μη
χρησιμοποιείτε εύφλεκτα υγρά κοντά
στη συσκευή.
● ΠΟΤΕ δεν πρέπει να τοποθετούνται
στη συσκευή κουρτίνες με ίνες γυαλιού.
Μπορεί να προκληθεί ερεθισμός του
Τα Pούχα
δέρματος αν άλλα ενδύματα μολυνθούν
με τις ίνες γυαλιού.
● Είδη που έχουν λερωθεί με ουσίες
όπως μαγειρικό λάδι, ασετόν,
οινόπνευμα, βενζίνη, κηροζίνη,
καθαριστικά λεκέδων, νέφτι, κεριά και
αφαιρετικά κεριού, θα πρέπει να
πλένονται σε ζεστό νερό με πρόσθετη
ποσότητα απορρυπαντικού πριν τα
στεγνώσετε στο περιστροφικό
στεγνωτήριο.
●Μαλακτικά ή παρόμοια προϊόντα θα
πρέπει να χρησιμοποιούνται όπως
καθορίζεται στις οδηγίες του εκάστοτε
προϊόντος.
ΕΞΑΕΡΙΣΜΟΣ
Σ τ ο χ ώ ρ ο ό π ο υ έ χ ε ι
τοποθετηθεί το περιστροφικό
σ τ ε γ ν ω τ ή ρ ι ο π ρ έ π ε ι ν α
παρέχεται επαρκής εξαερισμός
ώ σ τ ε ν α α π ο τ ρ α π ε ί η
αναρρόφηση στο χώρο αερίων
από συσκευές καύσης και από
ανοικτές φωτιές.
●Εγκαταστείστε το πίσω μέρος
της συσκευής κοντά σε έναν
τοίχο ή μια κάθετη επιφάνεια
●Θα πρέπει να παρμβάλλεται
ένα κενό τουλάχιστον 12mm
ανάμεσα στη συσκευή και σε
οπο ι ο δ ή π ο τ ε ε μ π ό δ ι ο . Η
είσοδος και η έξοδος θα πρέπει
να παραμένουν μακριά από
εμπόδια.Για να εξασφαλιστεί ο
επαρκής εξαερισμός της
συσκευής ,το κενό ανάμεσα στη
συσκευή και στο πάτωμα δεν
πρέπει να παρεμβάλλεται από
εμπόδια
EL
107
Μην εγκαταστήσετε το
προϊόν σε χώρο με χαμηλή
θερμοκρασία ή σε χώρο όπυ
υ π ά ρ χ ε ι κ ί ν δ υ ν ο ς
παγετού.Σε θερμοκρασίες
κοντά στο μηδέν, το προϊόν
ενδέχεται να μη μπορεί να
λειτουργήσει κανονικά.
Υπάρχει κίνδυνος ζημιάς αν
επιτραπεί να παγώσει το
νερό στο κύκλωμα (βαλβίδες,
λ α σ τ ι χ έ ν ι ο ι σ ωλ ή ν ε ς ,
αντλίες). Για καλύτερη
απόδοση του προϊόντος, η
θερμοκρασία περιβάλλοντος
πρέπει να είναι από έως 5-
35°C.Παρακαλώ σημειώστε
ότι λειτουργώντας σε κρύες
συνθήκες (ανάμεσα στους
+2°C και +5°C) μπορεί να
προκληθεί συμπύκνωση των
υδρατμών με αποτέλεσμα
νερό στο πάτωμα.
108
● Ο εξαγόμενος αέρας δεν
πρέπει να διοχετεύεται σε
κ α π ν α γ ω γ ό π ο υ
χρη σ ι μ οποιε ί τα ι γ ια τ η ν
εξαγωγή αναθυμιάσεων από
συσκευές καύσης αερίου ή
άλλων καυσίμων.
● Ελέγχετε τακτικά ότι δεν
υπάρχει περιορισμός ροής
αέρα μέσω του στεγνωτηρίου.
●Ελέξτε συχνά το φίλτρο
χνουδιών,ιδανικά μετά από
κάθε χρήση, και καθαρίστε το
εάν είναι απαραίτητο
● Εμποδίζετε να πέφτουν ή να
συσσωρεύονται αντικείμενα
πίσω από το στεγνωτήριο γιατί
αυτά μπορεί να εμποδίσουν την
είσοδο και την έξοδο του αέρα.
● ΠΌΤΕ μην εγκαταστήσετε το
στεγνωτήριο κοντά σε κουρτίνες.
●Σε π ερί π τω ση πο υ τ ο
στεγνωτήριο τοποθετηθεί πάνω
σε ένα πλυντήριο, αυτό μπορεί
να γίνει μόνο με τη χρήση
κ α τ ά λ λ η λ ο υ
συνδετικού,ακολουθώντας την
παρακάτω συνθήκη.
-Σύνδεσμος Στεγνωτηρίου με
π λ υ ν τ ή ρ ι ο , Μ ο ν τ έ λ ο
35100019 :ελάχιστο βάθος
πλυντηρίου 49εκ
-Σύνδεσμος Στεγνωτηρίου με
π λ υ ν τ ή ρ ι ο , Μ ο ν τ έ λ ο
35900120 :ελάχιστο βάθος
πλυντηρίου 51εκ
Ο σύνδεσμος στεγνωτηρίου θα
πρέπει να είναι ένας από τους
παραπάνω, αγορασμένος από
το εξουσιοδοτημένο κατάστημα
ανταλλακτικών μας.Οι οδηγίες
εγκατάστασης παρέχονται στη
συσκεασία του συνδέσμου.
ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ:
η συσκευή δεν πρέπει να
τροφοδοτείται μέσω εξωτερικής
συσκευής μεταγωγής, όπως ένας
χρονοδιακόπτης, ή να συνδέεται
με ένα κύκλωμα που
ενεργοποιείται και
απενεργοποιείται τακτικά από
ένα βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα.
Air Outlets in the Base
Θέματα σχετικά με το περιβάλλον
Αν η συσκευή δεν λειτουργεί σωστά ή υποστεί
βλάβη, απενεργοποιήστε την και αποσυνδέστε το φις από
την πρίζα. Για ενδεχόμενες επισκευές απευθυνθείτε στην
υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS.
Μη συνδέσετε τη συσκευή στο ρεύμα και μην
ενεργοποιήσετε την τροφοδοσία της από το δίκτυο
έως ότου ολοκληρωθεί η εγκατάσταση. Για τη δική
σας ασφάλεια, αυτό το στεγνωτήριο πρέπει να
εγκατασταθεί σωστά. Αν υπάρχει οποιαδήποτε
αμφιβολία σχετικά με την εγκατάσταση, καλέστε
για συμβουλές την υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS.
Υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS
● Για να διασφαλίσετε τη συνεχόμενη ασφαλή και
αποτελεσματική λειτουργία αυτής της συσκευής,
συνιστούμε τα σέρβις και οι επισκευές να
εκτελούνται μόνο από εξουσιοδοτημένο τεχνικό
σέρβις της GIAS.
Όταν η συσκευή είναι
στη θέση της, θα πρέπει
να ρυθμιστούν τα πόδια
για να διασφαλιστεί η
οριζοντιότητα.
109
Αν το καλώδιο ρεύματος της συσκευής αυτής
έχει υποστεί ζημιά, θα πρέπει να αντικατασταθεί
από ειδικό καλώδιο, το οποίο διατίθεται ΜΟΝΟ
από το τμ ήμα μας ανταλλακτικών. Η
εγκατάσταση πρέπει να γίνει από εξειδικευμένο
άτομο.
Electrical Requirements
● Όλα τα χρησιμοποιούμενα υλικά συσκευασίας είναι
φιλικά προς το περιβάλλον και ανακυκλώσιμα.
Παρακαλούμε να βοηθήσετε στην απόρριψη των υλικών
συσκευασίας με τρόπο φιλικό προς το περιβάλλον. Οι
τοπικές σας αρχές θα μπορέσουν να σας ενημερώσουν
για τις λεπτομέρειες των διαθέσιμων μεθόδων
απόρριψης.
● Για να εξασφαλίσετε την ασφαλή απόρριψη παλιού
περιστροφικού στεγνωτηρίου, αποσυνδέστε το φις
ρευματοληψίας από την πρίζα, κόψτε το καλώδιο
ρεύματος και καταστρέψτε το μαζί με το φις. Για να
αποτρέψετε την παγίδευση παιδιών μέσα στη συσκευή
σπάστε τους μεντεσέδες ή την ασφάλιση της πόρτας.
Ρύθμιση των ποδιών
Τα AHHE περιέχουν ρυπογόνες ουσίες (που μπορεί να
προκαλέσουν αρνητικές συνέπειες για το περιβάλλον)
κα ι β α σ ι κά ε ξα ρ τ ή μα τα ( π ο υ μπ ο ρ ού ν ν α
ξαναχρησιμοποιηθούν). Είναι σημαντικό να υποβάλουμε
τα ΑΗΗΕ σε ειδική επεξεργασία, προκειμένου να
αφαιρούνται και εναποθέτονται σωστά όλες οι
ρυπογόνες ουσίες και να διατηρούνται όλα τα
ανακυκλώσιμα υλικά.
Οι ιδιώτες μπορούν να διαδραματίσουν σημαντικό ρόλο
στη διασφάλιση ότι τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν θα αποτελέσουν ένα
περιβαλλοντικό ζήτημα, ακολουθώντας μερικούς
βασικούς κανόνες :
-Τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν θα πρέπει να αντιμετωπίζονται ως Οικιακά
απόβλητα.
-Τα ΑΗΗΕ θα πρέπει να παραδίδονται στα σχετικά
σημεία περισυλλογής που διαχειρίζονται οι δήμοι ή
εγκεκριμένοι οργανισμοί. Σε πολλές χώρες, για μεγάλα
ΑΗΗΕ, διατίθεται υπηρεσία περισυλλογής από το σπίτι.
Σε πολλές χώρες, όταν προμηθεύεστε μια νέα συσκευή,
η παλαιά μπορεί να επιστραφεί στην πωλήτρια εταιρία
όταν παραδίδει την καινούργια, χωρίς χρέωση,
δεδομένου ότι η νέα είναι αντίστοιχη σε κατηγορία και
χαρακτηριστικά με το παλαιά.
Αυτή η συσκευή έχει σήμανση σύμφωνα με
την Ευρωπαϊκή οδηγία 2012/19/EU,
σχετικά με τα απόβλητα ηλεκτρικού και
ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού (ΑΗΗΕ).
Τα περιστροφικά στεγνωτήρια παραδίδονται
διαμορφωμένα για λειτουργία με μονοφασική τάση
220 - 240 V , 50 Hz. Ελέγξτε ότι το κύκλωμα
παροχής ρεύματος έχει ονομαστική τιμή ρεύματος
τουλάχιστ
● Το ηλεκτρικό ρεύμα μπορεί να γίνει εξαιρετικά
επικίνδυνο.
● Η συσκευή αυτή πρέπει να γειωθεί.
● Η πρίζα και το φις της συσκευής πρέπει να είναι
ίδιου τύπου.
● Μη χρησιμοποιείτε πολύπριζα και/ή καλώδια
επέκτασης.
● Μετά την εγκατάσταση, το φις της συσκευής
πρέπει να είναι προσπελάσιμο για αποσύνδεση.
Ευρωπαϊκή οδηγία 2012/19/ΕΚ
EL
ον 6A.
GWP1430
2.
ΣΕΤ ΕΥΚΑΜΠΤΟΥ ΣΩΛΗΝΑ ΑΠΟΣΤΡΑΓΓΙΣΗΣ
ΝΕΡΟΥ ΟΔΗΓΙΕΣ ΣΥΝΑΡΜΟΛΟΓΗΣΗΣ
ΕΠΙΣΗΜΑΝΣΗ: Πριν ξεκινήσετε τις
εργασίες συναρμολόγησης αποσυνδέστε τη
συσκευή από το δίκτυο ηλεκτρικής παροχής .
Οδηγίες για την συναρμολόγηση του κιτ:
110
1
2
3
4
5
Προσοχή: Εάν είχατε γείρει τη
συσκευή, από τη στιγμή που θα
βρεθεί πάλι σε όρθια θέση περιμένετε
τουλάχιστον 4 ώρες προτού την
ενεργοποιήσετε ώστε το λάδι να έχει
επιστρέψει στον συμπιεστή. Εάν
δεν ακολουθήσετε αυτή την οδηγία
υπάρχει κίνδυνος να καταστραφεί ο
συμπιεστής.
Για να απαλλαγείτε από την εργασία αδειάσματος
του δοχείου νερού μετά από κάθε κύκλο ,το νερό
που μαζεύεται μπορεί να διοχετευτεί στο δίκτυο
αποχέτευσης του νερού (το δίκτυο που πάει το
νερό από το νιπτήρα) Η ισχύουσες νομοθεσίες
απαγορεύουν τη διοχέτευση του νερού σε
επιφανειακό δίκτυο αποστράγγισης νερών .Το
σύστημα με το σωλήνα αποχέτευσης του νερού
στεγνώματος πρέπει να τοποθετηθεί κοντά στο
στεγνωτήριο συμπύκνωσης.
Το κιτ περιλαμβάνει : 1 εύκαμπτο σωλήνα,ένα
ρακόρ για σωλήνες.
1. Γυρίστε με προσοχή
τη συσκευή προς τα
δεξιά.
2 . Ο σ ω λ ή ν α ς
α π ο χ έ τ ε υ σ η ς
βρίσκεται στα δεξιά
(δείτε εικόνα). Ένας
γ κ ρ ι ε ύ κ α μ π τ ο ς
σωλήνας συνδέεται με
τ η γ έ φ υ ρ α σ τ α
α ρ ι σ τ ε ρ ά τ η ς
σ υ σ κ ε υ ή ς .
Χρησιμοποιήστε μια
πένσα για να ανοίξετε
το κλιπ συγκράτησης
το υ σ ωλ ή ν α π ο υ
βρίσκεται στη γέφυρα.
3. Αποσυνδέστε τον
εύκαμπτο σωλήνα από
τη σύνδεση του στη
γέφυρα.
4. Συνδέστε τον
μαύρο εύκαμπτο
σ ω λ ή ν α π ο υ
περιέχεται στη
σ υ σ κ ε υ α σ ί α
(χρησιμοποιώντα
ς τον σύνδεσμο
κ α ι τ α κ λ ι π
σ υ γ κ ρ ά τ η σ η ς
που παρέχονται)
στη θέση του
παλιού σωλήνα
που αφαιρέσατε
από την γέφυρα.
5. Συνδέστε τον
ν έ ο σ ω λ ή ν α
αποστράγγισης
σ το ν σ ωλ ή ν α
αποχέτευσης.
6. Όταν έχετε
ολοκληρώσει την
διαδικασία της
αντικατάστασης,
ελέγξτε τη βάση
της συσκευής για
να βεβαιωθείτε
ό τ ι ο ν έ ο ς
ε ύ κ α μ π τ ο ς
σωλήνας δεν θα
τσακίσει όταν θα
σ π ρ ώ ξ ε τ ε τ ο
στεγνωτήριο για
να επανέλθει στη
σωστή θέση.
Συνδεθείτε στην
κεντρική παροχή
ρεύματος.
6
Πριν την πρώτη χρήση του στεγνωτηρίου:
● Διαβάστε προσεκτικά το παρόν εγχειρίδιο
οδηγιών.
● Αφαιρέστε όλα τα είδη που έχουν συσκευαστεί
μέσα στο τύμπανο.
●Σκουπίστε το εσωτερικό του τυμπάνου και την
πόρτα με υγρό πανί για να απομακρύνετε τυχόν
σκόνη που μπορεί να κάθισε στη μεταφορά.
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι τα ρούχα που πρόκειται να
στεγνώσετε είναι κατάλληλα για στέγνωμα σε
περ ι σ τ ρ ο φ ι κό στεγνωτήριο, όπως αυτό
υποδεικνύεται από τα σύμβολα φροντίδας σε κάθε
είδος. Ελέγξτε ότι όλα τα κουμπιά είναι
κουμπωμένα και οι τσέπες είναι άδειες. Γυρίστε τα
ρούχα το μέσα έξω. Τοποθετήστε τα ρούχα στο
τύμπανο χωρίς να τα πιέσετε, για να μη
μπερδευτούν.
Προετοιμασία των ρούχων
Μη στεγνώνετε στο στεγνωτήριο:
Ρούχα από μετάξι, νάιλον κάλτσες, ρούχα με
κεντήματα, υφάσματα με μεταλλικά διακοσμητικά,
ρούχα με τελειώματα από PVC ή δέρμα.
ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ: Μην τοποθετείτε στο
στεγνωτήριο ρούχα που έχετε προεργαστεί με
υγρά για στεγνό καθάρισμα ή ρούχα από λάτεξ
(κίνδυνος φωτιάς ή έκρηξης).
Κατά τα τελευταία 15 λεπτά του κύκλου
εισέρχεται κρύος αέρας στον κάδο.
Τοποθετείτε στο περιστροφικό στεγνωτήριο μόνο ρούχα
που έχουν στυφτεί καλά με το χέρι ή στο πλυντήριο. Όσο
πιο στεγνά είναι τα ρούχα, τόσο μικρότερος είναι ο
χρόνος στεγνώματος και έτσι εξοικονομείται ηλεκτρική
ενέργεια.
ΠΑΝΤΑ
●Προσπαθείτε να στεγνώνετε το μέγιστο φορτίο
ρούχων. Έτσι εξοικονομείτε χρόνο και ρεύμα.
● Πριν από κάθε κύκλο στεγνώματος ελέγχετε ότι το
φίλτρο είναι καθαρό.
ΠΟΤΕ
● Μην υπερβείτε το μέγιστο βάρος. Έτσι γίνεται
σπατάλη χρόνου και ρεύματος.
● Μη φορτώσετε στο στεγνωτήριο είδη τόσο υγρά που
στάζουν. Έτσι μπορεί να προκληθεί ζημιά στη συσκευή.
Εξοικονόμηση ενέργειας
Ταξινομήστε το φορτίο ως εξής
Μην υπερφορτώνετε το τύμπανο. Τα μεγάλα
είδη (π.χ. υπνόσακοι, παπλώματα) όταν είναι
υγρά μπορεί να υπερβούν το μέγιστο
επιτρεπόμενο φορτίο.
111
4.
ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ
ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΙΣΜΕΝΗ ΣΥΝΤΗΡΗΣΗ
Καθαρισμός του στεγνωτηρίου
● Καθαρίζετε το φίλτρο και αδειάζετε το δοχείο νερού
μετά από κάθε κύκλο στεγνώματος.
● Καθαρίζετε σε τακτά χρονικά διαστήματα το
συμπυκνωτή .
● Μετά από κάθε περίοδο χρήσης, σκουπίζετε το
εσωτερικό του τυμπάνου και αφήνετε την πόρτα
ανοικτή για λίγο για να επιτραπεί κυκλοφορία του αέρα
για να στεγνώσει.
● Σκουπίζετε το εξωτερικό της συσκευής και την
πόρτα με ένα απαλό πανί.
● ΜΗ χρησιμοποιείτε σφουγγάρια, είδη καθαρισμού
ή καθαριστικές ουσίες που χαράζουν.
● Για να αποφύγετε το μάγκωμα της πόρτας ή τη
συσσώρευση χνουδιών, καθαρίζετε το εσωτερικό της
πόρτας & το λάστιχο με ένα υγρό πανί μετά από κάθε
πρόγραμμα στεγνώματος.
Για τα ηλεκτρικά χαρακτηριστικά ανατρέξτε στην
πινακίδα στοιχείων στο μπροστινό μέρος του
περιβλήματος του στεγνωτηρίου (με την πόρτα ανοικτή).
. .
● Κατά σύμβολα φροντίδας
Αυτά μπορείτε να τα βρείτε στο κολάρο ή σε εσωτερική
ραφή:
Κατάλληλο για στέγνωμα σε περιστροφικό
στεγνωτήριο.
Σ τ έ γ ν ω μ α σ ε π ε ρ ι σ τ ρ ο φ ι κ ό
στεγνωτήριο σε υψηλή θερμοκρασία.
Σ τ έ γ ν ω μ α σ ε π ε ρ ι σ τ ρ ο φ ι κ ό
στεγνωτήριο μόνο σε χαμηλή θερμοκρασία.
Μ η ν το σ τ ε γ ν ώ ν ε τ ε σ ε πε ρ ι σ τ ρ ο φ ι κ ό
στεγνωτήριο.
Αν ένα είδος δεν έχει ετικέτα φροντίδας, πρέπει να
θεωρηθεί ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για περιστροφικό
στέγνωμα.
● Κατά ποσότητα και πάχος
Όταν το φορτίο είναι μεγαλύτερο από τη δυναμικότητα
του στεγνωτηρίου, χωρίζετε τα ρούχα ανάλογα με το
πάχος (π.χ. πετσέτες από λεπτά εσώρουχα).
● Κατά τύπο υφάσματος
Βαμβακερά/ λευκά: Πετσέτες, βαμβακερά ζέρσεϊ,
λευκά είδη.
Συνθετικά: Μπλούζες, πουκάμισα, φόρμες κλπ. από
πολυεστέρα ή πολυαμίδιο, καθώς και μικτές ίνες
βαμβάκι/ συνθετικές.
.
ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ Πάντα να απενεργοποιείτε τη συσκευή και
να απομακρύνετε το βύσμα από την παροχή ρεύματος προτού
ξεκινήσετε τον καθαρισμό της.
Για τις ηλεκτρικές πληροφορίες της συσκευής
συμβουλευτείτε την πινακίδα τεχνικών χαρακτηριστικών
που βρίσκεται στο μπροστινό μέρος του κάδου του
στεγνωτηρίου (με την πόρτα ανοιχτή).
EL
5.
δοχείο νερού
Κατά την διάρκεια του κύκλου το νερό
α π ο μ α κ ρ ύ ν ε τ α ι α π ό τα ρ ο ύ χ α κ α ι
συγκεντρώνεται σε ένα δοχείο που βρίσκεται
στην εσωτερική πλευρά της πόρτας της
συσκευής .
Όταν το δοχείο γεμίσει στον πίνακα με τα
χειριστήρια ανάβει μια λυχνία ειδοποιώντας ότι
το δοχείο ΠΡΕΠΕΙ να το αδειάσετε Σκόπιμο
είναι να αδειάζετε το δοχείο μετά από κάθε
κύκλο στεγνώματος .
ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ : Κατά τους πρώτους κύκλους
λειτουργίας το νερό που συγκεντρώνεται στο
δοχείο είναι λιγότερο γιατί γεμίζει το εσωτερικό
ρεζερβουάρ.
Άδειασμα του δοχείου νερού
1. Απομακρύνετε με ήπιες
κινήσεις τη δεξαμενή
νερού κρατώντας την από
τη λαβή της. (A) Όταν η
δεξαμενή νερού είναι
γεμάτη ζυγίζει περίπου 6
κιλά.
2. Γείρετε τη δεξαμενή
νερού για να αδειάσετε το
νερό από το στόμιο. (B)
Όταν η δεξαμενή έχει
α δ ε ι ά σ ε ι ,
επανατοποθετήστε τη
δεξαμενή στη θέση της
σύμφωνα με την εικόνα.
(C) Ξεκινήστε από τη
βάση της δεξαμενής (1)
και έπειτα πιέστε απαλά
το επάνω μέρος για να
κουμπώσει στη σωστή
θέση (2).
3. Πατήστε το κουμπί για
να επανεκκινήσετε τον
κύκλο.
ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Εάν κοντά
στη συσκευή υπάρχει ένα
σ ι φ όν ι α ποχ έ τ ε υ σ η ς
μπορείτε με την βοήθεια
του κιτ να διοχετεύσετε
μόνιμα το νερό στο δίκτυο
αποχέτευσης. Με αυτό το
τρόπο θα απαλλαγείτε
από την υποχρέωση
αδειάσματος του δοχείου.
A
B
1C
112
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ
1. Ανοίξτε την πόρτα και τοποθετήστε τα
ρούχα στο τύμπανο. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι τα
ενδύματα δεν εμποδίζουν το κλείσιμο της
πόρτας.
2. Κλείστε απαλά την πόρτα σπρώχνοντάς την
αργά έως ότου ακουστεί ο ήχος κλεισίματος
'κλικ'.
3. Περιστρέψτε τον περιστροφικό Επιλογέα
προ γ ρά μ μ ατος γ ι α να ε π ιλ έ ξετ ε τ ο
απαιτούμενο πρόγραμμα στεγνώματος (βλ.
Οδηγό προγραμμάτων).
4. Πιέστε το κουμπί Έναρξη/Παύση. Το
στεγνωτήριο θα ξεκινήσει αυτόματα και θα είναι
σταθερά αναμμένη η ενδεικτική λυχνία DRY.
5. Αν στη διάρκεια του προγράμματος ανοίξετε
την πόρτα για να ελέγξετε τα ρούχα, πρέπει να
πατήσετε Έναρξη/Παύση για να αρχίσει πάλι
το στέγνωμα αφού κλείσει η πόρτα.
6. Όταν ο κύκλος πλησιάζει το τέλος του, η
συσκευή θα εισέλθει σε φάση ψύξης και τα
ρούχα θα περιστρέφονται σε κρύο αέρα ώστε
να κρυώσουν.
7. Όταν ολοκληρωθεί το πρόγραμμα, θα
ανάψει η ενδεικτική λυχνία END.
8. Μετά την ολοκλήρωση του κύκλου, το
τύμπανο θα περιστρέφεται διακοπτόμενα για
να ελαχιστοποιηθεί το τσαλάκωμα. Αυτό θα
συνεχιστεί έως ότου απενεργοποιηθεί η
συσκευή ή ανοιχτεί η πόρτα.
Μην ανοίγετε την πόρτα κατά τη διάρκεια
τ ω ν α υ τ ό μ α τ ω ν π ρ ο γ ρ α μ μ ά τ ω ν
προκειμένου να εξασφαλίσετε το σωστό
στέγνωμα του φορτίου.
6.
ΠΌΡΤΑ ΚΑΙ ΦΊΛΤΡΟ
Τραβήξτε τη λαβή για να ανοίξετε την πόρτα.
Για να ξεκινήσει πάλι το στεγνωτήριο, κλείστε την
πόρτα και πιέστε το κουμπί Έναρξη/Παύση.
ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ! Όταν το στεγνωτήριο
λειτουργεί ο κάδος και η πόρτα μπορεί να είναι
ΠΟΛΥ ΖΕΣΤΑ.
Φίλτρο
ΣΗ Μ ΑΝ Τ ΙΚΟ: Για να διατηρήσετε την
αποδοτικότητα του στεγνωτηρίου ελέγχετε ότι το
φίλτρο χνουδιού είναι καθαρό πριν από κάθε κύκλο
στεγνώματος.
1. Τραβήξτε το φίλτρο
προς τα πάνω.
2. Ανοίξτε το φίλτρο
όπως δείχνει η εικόνα.
3. Αφαιρέστε απαλά ίνες
και χνούδι με μαλακή
βούρτσα ή τα δάκτυλά
σας.
4. Κουμπώστε πάλι το
φίλτρο και πιέστε το στη
θέση του.
1
2
Ενδ. λυχνία Φροντίδα φίλτρου
Ανάβει όταν το φίλτρο χρειάζεται καθάρισμα.
Αν τα ρούχα δεν στεγνώνουν, ελέγξτε μήπως
υπάρχει απόφραξη στο φίλτρο.
ΕΑΝ ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΕΤΕ ΤΟ ΦΙΛΤΡΟ ΤΗΣ
ΣΥΣΚΕΥΗΣ ΜΕ ΝΕΡΟ, ΘΥΜΗΘΕΙΤΕ ΝΑ ΤΟ
ΣΤΕΓΝΩΣΕΤΕ
ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ! Εάν ανοίξετε την πόρτα στα
μισά του κύκλου, προτού να έχει ολοκληρωθεί
ο κύκλος ψύξης, η λαβή της πόρτας μπορεί να
είναι καίει. Να είστε εξαιρετικά προσεκτικοί
όταν επιχειρείτε να αδειάσετε τη δεξαμενή
νερού κατά τη διάρκεια λειτουργίας του
κύκλου.
113
Για να καθαρίσετε το φίλτρο συμπυκνωτή
1 . Α φ α ι ρ έ σ τ ε τ ο
κλείστρο στο κάτω
μέρος της συσκευής .
2. Περιστρέψτε προς τα
α ρ ι σ τ ε ρ ά τ ο υ ς
γ ά ν τ ζ ο υ ς γ ι α ν α
βγάλετε το καπάκι
στήριξης των φίλτρων
3. Α π ο μ α κ ρ ύ ν ε τ ε
μαλακά το πλέγμα
πιέζοντας τον επάνω
γάντζο, καθαρίστε το
πλέγμα από υπόλοιπα
σκόνης και κατακάθια.
Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε
νερό
4 . Α π ο μ α κ ρ ύ ν ε τ ε
μαλακά το σπογγώδες
φίλτρο από τη βάση του
και πλύνετε κάτω από
τη βρύση ώστε να
απομακρυνθούν τα
κ α τ α κ ά θ ι α κ α ι ο ι
βρωμιές .
5. Τοποθετείστε τα
φίλτρα, το καπάκι στη
σωστή θέση (το τόξο να
κ ο ι τ ά ζ ε ι π ρ ο ς τ α
επάνω) στερεώστε το
κ α π ά κ ι μ ε τ ο υ ς
γάντζους
6. Τοποθετείστε το
καπάκι του φίλτρου στη
θέση του .
1
2
3
4
5
Καθαρίστε τα φίλτρα πριν από κάθε
κύκλο.
EL
EL
7. ΕΛΕΓΧΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΔΕΙΚΤΕΣ
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Επιλογέας Προγράµµατος - Περιστρέφοντας
το πλήκτρο προς τις δύο κατευθύνσεις είναι
δυνατή η επιλογή του επιθυµητού προγράµµατος.
Για να ακυρώσετε τις επιλογές ή για να
απενεργοποιήσετε το στεγνωτήριο περιστρέψτε το
πλήκτρο
στη θέση Απενεργοποίηση (OFF).
B - Ψηφιακή Οθόνη - Στην οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο
χρόνος στεγνώµατος, ο χρόνος αναβολής σε
περίπτωση επιλογής καθυστερηµένης εκκίνησης
και άλλες ρυθµίσεις ειδοποιήσεων.
- Πλήκτρα -
1. Πλήκτρο Εκκίνησης / Παύσης
Για να ξεκινήσετε το επιλεγµένο πρόγραµµα
ή/και να το αναστείλετε.
2. Πλήκτρο Καθυστέρησης Εκκίνησης
Επιτρέπει την καθυστέρηση της έναρξης του
προγράµµατος από 1 έως 24 ώρες σε διαστήµατα της
1 ώρας. Η επιλεγµένη καθυστέρηση εµφανίζεται στην
οθόνη. Μετά το πάτηµα του κουµπιού ΕΚΚΙΝΗΣΗ, ο
χρόνος δείχνει τη µείωση κατά µία ώρα ανά ώρα.
Ανοίξτε τη θυρίδα µε την καθυστέρηση της εκκίνησης,
αφού ξανακλείσετε το φινιστρίνι, πατήστε ξανά την
εκκίνηση για να συνεχίσετε την καταµέτρηση.
3. Πλήκτρο Επιλογής Στεγνώµατος
Επιτρέπει την ρύθµιση της επιθυµητής
επεξεργασίας επιπέδου στεγνώµατος µέχρι και 5
λεπτά µετά την έναρξη του κύκλου:
Έτοιµο για σίδερο: Αφήνει τα ρούχα ελαφρά
βρεγµένα ώστε να διευκολύνεται το σιδέρωµα.
Στέγνωµα κρεµασµένων: Για να είναι
έτοιµο το ρούχο να κρεµαστεί.
Στέγνωµα για ντουλάπα: Για πλυµένα ρούχα
που µπορούν να µπουν απευθείας στη ντουλάπα.
Εξαιρετικό στέγνωµα: Για να έχετε εντελώς
στεγνά ενδύµατα, ιδανικά για άµεση και
πλήρη ένδυση.
Αυτές οι συσκευές είναι εξοπλισµένες µε
λειτουργία Διαχείρισης Στεγνώµατος. Σε
αυτόµατους κύκλους, κάθε επίπεδο ενδιάµεσης
ξήρανσης, πριν φτάσει στην επιλεγµένη,
υποδεικνύεται µε το αναβόσβηµα της ενδεικτικής
λυχνίας που αντιστοιχεί στον βαθµό
στεγνώµατος που επιτεύχθηκε. Σε περίπτωση
ασυµβατότητας, όλες οι λυχνίες LED
αναβοσβήνουν γρήγορα για 3 φορές.
4. Πλήκτρο Γρήγορης λειτουργίας / Επιλογή
Κύκλου Χρόνου
Είναι δυνατό να µεταβείτε από κάποιο αυτόµατο
πρόγραµµα στο πρόγραµµα ΓΡΗΓΟΡΟ, έως
και 3 λεπτά µετά την έναρξη
του κύκλου. Η προοδευτική πίεση αυξάνει τον
χρόνο (30-45-59 λεπτά).
Μετά την επιλογή αυτή για την επαναφορά της
λειτουργίας αυτόµατου στεγνώµατος είναι
απαραίτητη η απενεργοποίηση του
στεγνωτηρίου. Σε περίπτωση ασυµβατότητας,
όλες οι λυχνίες LED αναβοσβήνουν γρήγορα
για 3 φορές.
Είναι δυνατή η µετατροπή ενός κύκλου από
αυτόµατο σε προγραµµατισµένο, µέχρι 3 λεπτά
µετά την έναρξη του κύκλου.
Η προοδευτική πίεση αυξάνει τον χρόνο σε
διαστήµατα 10 λεπτών. Μετά την επιλογή αυτή
για την επαναφορά της λειτουργίας αυτόµατου
στεγνώµατος είναι απαραίτητη η
απενεργοποίηση του στεγνωτηρίου. Σε
περίπτωση ασυµβατότητας, όλες οι λυχνίες
LED αναβοσβήνουν γρήγορα για 3 φορές.
5. Προφύλαξη Τσάκισης
Αυτή η επιλογή επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση µιας
κίνηση για την προφύλαξη της τσάκισης των
ρούχων στη διάρκεια του κύκλου πριν από τον
κύλινδρο σε περίπτωση ενεργοποίησης της
καθυστέρησης και στο τέλος του κύκλου
στεγνώµατος. Ενεργοποιείται κάθε 10 λεπτά, έως και
6 ώρες µετά το τέλος του κύκλου στεγνώµατος. Για
να σταµατήσετε τις κινήσεις, ρυθµίστε το κουµπί στο
Απενεργοποίηση (OFF). Χρήσιµο όταν δεν µπορείτε
να αφαιρέσετε αµέσως τα ρούχα.
6. Μνήµη
Η επιλογή αυτή σας επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε
τις επιλογές που έχουν οριστεί σε έναν κύκλο.
ΜΝΗΜΗ: Όταν εκτελείται ο κύκλος, πιέστε το
πλήκτρο "µνήµη" για τρία δευτερόλεπτα. Η
φωτεινή ένδειξη ελέγχου "µνήµη" αναβοσβήνει
για τρεις φορές και αποθηκεύει τις επιλογές
ρύθµισης συνδεδεµένες στον κύκλο που
επιλέχθηκε στη φλάντζα.
ΑΝΑΚΛΗΣΗ: Μετά την επιλογή του κύκλου
πιέστε το πλήκτρο "µνήµη" για ανάκληση των
αποθηκευµένων επιλογών (όχι του κύκλου).
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
- Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
- Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
- Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
114
C
7. Κλειδαριά
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει την παρεµπόδιση
ανεπιθύµητων αλλαγών των επιλογών που
έχουν οριστεί στη στεφάνη κατά τη διάρκεια
της φάσης ξήρανσης. Ενεργοποίηση /
απενεργοποίηση: πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα κουµπιά
3 και 4 για δύο δευτερόλεπτα. Στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται το σύµβολο "LOC" (Κλείδωµα). Εάν
ξεκλειδώσετε την επιλογή, εµφανίζεται στην
οθόνη η ένδειξη "Unl" (ξεκλείδωµα), µόνο µία
φορά. Σε περίπτωση ανοίγµατος της "θυρίδας"
µε ενεργοποιηµένο κλείδωµα κλειδιών, ο κύκλος
σταµατά
αλλά το κλείδωµα διατηρείται: για να
επανεκκινήσετε τον κύκλο, πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε το
κλείδωµα και να επαναφέρετε την εκκίνηση. Όταν η
συσκευή στεγνώµατος είναι απενεργοποιηµένη, η
επιλογή απενεργοποιείται αυτόµατα. Το κλείδωµα
πλήκτρων µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ανά πάσα στιγµή
του κύκλου.
D- Led (Φωτάκι Led)
Δεξαµενή νερού - Ανάβει όταν είναι
απαραίτητο να αδειάσετε τη δεξαµενή νερού
συµπύκνωσης.
Καθαρισµός φίλτρου - Ανάβει όταν απαιτείται
να γίνει ο καθαρισµός των φίλτρων (η πόρτα και
το κάτω φίλτρο).
E- Wi-Fi (µόνο µερικά µοντέλα)
Στα µοντέλα µε επιλογή Wi-Fi, το εικονίδιο
υποδεικνύει ότι λειτουργεί το σύστηµα Wi-Fi.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA περιοχή - Υπάρχει µια
κατάλληλη θέση στη στεφάνη στην οποία
βρίσκεται το smartphone κατά την εγγραφή του
µηχανήµατος στην ΕΦΑΡΜΟΓΗ. Ακολουθήστε
τις ενδείξεις στην οθόνη του τηλεφώνου (µόνο
για smartphone Android που είναι εξοπλισµένο
µε τεχνολογία NFC).
Μέγιστο βάρος στεγνώµατος
Βαµβακερά Μέγιστη δηλωθείσα
χωρητικότητα
Συνθετικά ή Λεπτά Μέγιστο 4 κιλά
Ο τυπικός κύκλος ΣΤΕΓΝΩΜΑ ΒΑΜΒΑΚΕΡΩΝ
( ) είναι ο πιο ενεργειακά αποδοτικός και
κατάλληλος για το στέγνωµα των κανονικών
υγρών βαµβακερών ρούχων.
Ο πίνακας στην τελευταία σελίδα δείχνει την
κατά προσέγγιση κατανάλωση χρόνου και
ενέργειας των κύριων προγραµµάτων ξήρανσης.
Κατανάλωση ισχύος εκτός λειτουργίας
0,40 W
Κατανάλωση ισχύος σε κατάσταση
λειτουργίας 0,75 W
Ικανότητα τυµπάνου
125
Μέγιστο φορτίο
Δείτε την ετικέτα ενέργειας
Ύψος 85 cm
Πλάτος 60 cm
Βάθος 60 cm
Ενεργειακή κλάση
Δείτε την ετικέτα ενέργειας
Ο κύκλος στεγνώµατος µαλλιού αυτού του
µηχανήµατος έχει εγκριθεί από την εταιρεία
Woolmark για το στέγνωµα των προϊόντων
από µαλλί που πλένονται στο πλυντήριο, υπό
την προϋπόθεση ότι τα προϊόντα πλένονται
και στεγνώνουν σύµφωνα µε τις οδηγίες στην
ετικέτα του ενδύµατος και βάσει των σχετικών
ζητηµάτων που έχουν τεθεί από τον
κατασκευαστή αυτού του µηχανήµατος
.
Στο Ηνωµένο Βασίλειο, την Ιρλανδία, το Χονγκ
Κονγκ και την Ινδία το εµπορικό σήµα Woolmark
είναι ένα ε
µπορικό
σήµ
α
πιστοποίησης
.
Οδηγός στεγνώµατος
Τεχνικές προδιαγραφές
Πληροφορίες για το εργαστήριο
δοκιµών
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
Le recomendamos que utilice sólo el 20%
e las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
tratamiento de vapor específico con el fin
de garantizar la máxima eficacia de
limpieza de acuerdo con el tipo de tejido y
el color de las prendas.
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Tecla MEMORIA
Σας ευχαριστούµε που επιλέξατε ένα πλυντήριο
Candy, είµαστε σίγουροι ότι τώρα έχετε ένα
πολύτιµο συνεργάτη που θα σας επιτρέπει να
πλένετε χωρίς άγχος τη καθηµερινή µπουγάδα
ακόµα και τον πιο ευαίσθητο ρουχισµό.
Καταχωρείστε την συσκευή σας στο
www.registercandy.com ώστε να έχετε γρήγορη
πρόσβαση στις συµπληρωµατικές παροχές που
αφορούν µόνο στους πιο πιστούς πελάτες.
Διαβάστε προσεκτικά όλο το βιβλίο οδηγιών
µε αυτό το τρόπο θα εξασφαλίσετε την
σωστή και ασφαλή λειτουργία της συσκευής
αλλά θα γνωρίσετε και τους τρόπους για την
αποτελεσµατική συντήρηση της.
Βάλτε σε λειτουργία τη συσκευή
µόνο αφού διαβάσετε προσεκτικά τις οδηγίες
χρήσεως. Φυλάξτε το βιβλίο οδηγιών για να
το συµβουλεύστε όποτε παραστεί ανάγκη
αλλά και για να το δώσετε αν χρειαστεί στους
επόµενους ιδιοκτήτες.
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η συσκευή συνοδεύεται από
το βιβλίο οδηγιών, το πιστοποιητικό
εγγύησης, το κατάλογο µε τα σηµεία τεχνικής
υποστήριξης και την ενεργειακή ετικέτα
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η συσκευή συνοδεύεται
από τις τάπες, το U για τη στήριξη του
σωλήνα αποχέτευσης και το δοχείο για υγρό
απορρυπαντικό (σε µερικά µοντέλα) Φυλάξτε
όλα αυτά τα εξαρτήµ
συσκευή φέρει
άζεται αριθ
τυπωµένος σε µ
επάνω στη συσκευή
ε τα έγγραφα που
κάδο της συσκευής. Ο κωδικός αυτός είναι η
αναγνωριστική ταυτότητα της συσκευής και
χρησιµεύει για την καταγραφή του προϊόντος
και στις επαφές σας µε τα κέντρα τεχνικής
υποστήριξης Candy.
Αυτή η συσκευή έχει σήµανση σύµφωνα
µε την Ευρωπαϊκή οδηγία 2012/19/EE,
σχετικά µε τα απόβλητα ηλεκτρικού και
ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισµού (ΑΗΗΕ).
Τα AHHE περιέχουν ρυπογόνες ουσίες (που
µπορεί να προκαλέσουν αρνητικές συνέπειες
για το περιβάλλον) και βασικά εξαρτήµατα
(που µπορούν να ξαναχρησιµοποιηθούν). Είναι
σηµαντικό να υποβάλουµε τα ΑΗΗΕ σε ειδική
επεξεργασία,
προκειµένου να αφαιρούνται και
εναποθέτονται σωστά όλες οι ρυπογόνες ουσίες
και να διατηρούνται όλα τα ανακυκλώσιµα υλικά.
Οι ιδιώτες µπορούν να διαδραµατίσουν σηµαντικό
ρόλο στη διασφάλιση ότι τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν
θα αποτελέσουν ένα περιβαλλοντικό ζήτηµα,
ακολουθώντας µερικούς βασικούς κανόνες:
Τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν θα πρέπει να αντιµετωπίζονται
ως Οικιακά απόβλητα.
Τα ΑΗΗΕ θα πρέπει να παραδίδονται στα
σχετικά σηµεία περισυλλογής που διαχειρίζονται
οι δήµοι ή εγκεκριµένοι οργανισµοί. Σε πολλές
χώρες, για µεγάλα ΑΗΗΕ, διατίθεται υπηρεσία
περισυλλογής από το σπίτι.
Σε πολλές χώρες, όταν προµηθεύεστε µια νέα
συσκευή, η παλαιά µπορεί να επιστραφεί στην
πωλήτρια εταιρία όταν παραδίδει την καινούργια,
χωρίς χρέωση, δεδοµένου ότι η νέα είναι
αντίστοιχη σε κατηγορία και χαρακτηριστικά µε
το παλαιά.
Για την προστασία του
περιβάλλοντος
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-STANDARD DRY COTTON
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the optio
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD
DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON
WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
washed and dried according to the
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( )is the
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD
- IRON DRY COTTON
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
ambient temperature.
ashable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max.
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY (
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Width
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
.
M1530
115
EL
- ΤΥΠΟΠΟΙΗΜΕΝΟ ΞΗΡΟ ΒΑΜΒΑΚΙ
- ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΜΕΝΟ ΞΗΡΟ ΒΑΜΒΑΚΙ ΛΕΥΚΑ
- ΦΙΝΙΡΙΣΜΕΝΟ ΒΑΜΒΑΚΙ ΣΥΝΘΕΤΙΚΑ
Καθαρίστε τα φίλτρα πριν από κάθε κύκλο
Η πραγµατική διάρκεια του κύκλου
στεγνώµατος εξαρτάται από την αρχική
στάθµη υγρασίας του πλυντηρίου λόγω της
ταχύτητας περιστροφής, του τύπου και της
ποσότητας φορτίου, της καθαρότητας των
φίλτρων και της θερµοκρασίας περι-
βάλλοντος.
recuperarlos con rapidez.
Cómo memorizar un programa por
primera vez:
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
2)
Presione la tecla MEMORIA, elija M1
3. ΠΡΑΚΤΙΚΕΣ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΣ
4. ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΣΥΝΤΗΡΗΣΗ
ΡΟΥΤΙΝΑΣ
5. ΓΡΗΓΟΡΟΣ ΟΔΗΓΟΣ ΧΡΗΣΗΣ
6. ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗΡΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
Clean the filters before every cycle
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
Clean the filters before every cycle
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
Clean the filters before every cycle
EN 61121 Πρόγραμμα προς χρήση
ΜΟΝΟ
ΣΤΙΨΙΜΟ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΓΝΩΜΑ: ΣΥΝΔΕΕΤΕ ΤΟ ΣΩΛΗΝΑ
ΑΠΟΡΡΟΦΗΣΗΣ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΑΠΟΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΤΗΣ
ΣΥΜΠΕΡΙΦΟΡΑΣ ΤΟΥ ΝΕΡΟΥ ΣΥΜΦΩΝΑ ΜΕ ΤΙΣ
ΟΔΗΓΙΕΣ ΣΤΟ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟ 2
ΜΕΧΡΙ 10 11
- ΓΙΑ ΚΙΛΑ ΧΩΡΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ
116
PROGRAM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION CAPACITY
(kg)
DRYING
TIME
(min)
Ολική Φροντίδα
Η Ολική Φροντίδα είναι ένας αποκλειστικός κύκλος για το
στέγνωµα ενός φορτίου ρούχων µε διαφορετικά
υφάσµατα µαζί. Όταν τα ελαφρύτερα υφάσµατα φτάσουν
στο βέλτιστο στέγνωµα και είναι έτοιµα να αφαιρεθούν,
το κείµενο "TC" αναβοσβήνει για 3 λεπτά και ακούγεται
ακουστικό σήµα. Μετά την αφαίρεση των αντικειµένων
που έχουν ήδη στεγνώσει, ο κύκλος θα συνεχιστεί για τα
πιο ανθεκτικά αντικείµενα.
3 *
Μαύρα &
Χρωµατιστά
Ένας λεπτός και συγκεκριµένος κύκλος για το στέγνωµα
ενδυµάτων από βαµβακερά ή συνθετικά ενδύµατα. 4 *
Λευκά Ο σωστός κύκλος για να στεγνώσει τα βαµβακερά, τα
σφουγγάρια και
τις
πετσέτες
. Πλήρες *
Τζιν
Σχεδιασµένο ιδανικά για να στεγνώνει οµοιόµορφα
υφάσµατα όπως τζιν ή denim. Συνιστάται να γυρίζετε τα
ρούχα πριν τα στεγνώσετε. 4 *
Αθλητικά
παπούτσια
Αυτό το είδος του κύκλου, χάρη σε ένα ειδικό Ράφι,
επιτρέπει να στεγνώσετε 2 ζευγάρια αθλητικά παπούτσια
(µε καµβά). Συνιστάται να αφαιρέσετε τα κορδόνια από
τα παπούτσια πριν τα στεγνώσετε.
* Μέγιστο
120 '
Αντιαλλεργικό
Ένας ειδικός κύκλος που στεγνώνει και ταυτόχρονα
βοηθά στη µείωση των κύριων αλλεργιογόνων όπως τα
ακάρεα σκόνης, τα µαλλιά κατοικίδιων ζώων, η γύρη των
δένδρων και τα υπολείµµατα των απορρυπαντικών
σκόνης
.
4 Μέγιστο
220'
Μάλλινα
Μάλλινα ρούχα: Το πρόγραµµα µπορεί να
χρησιµοποιηθεί για να στεγνώσει έως και 1 κιλό ρούχων
(περίπου 3 πουλόβερ). Συνιστάται η αναστροφή όλων
των ρούχων πριν από το στέγνωµα. Ο συγχρονισµός
µπορεί να αλλάξει λόγω των διαστάσεων και του πάχους
του φορτίου και της περιστροφής που επιλέγεται κατά
την πλύση. Στο τέλος του κύκλου, τα ρούχα είναι έτοιµα
να φορεθούν, αλλά εάν είναι βαρύτερα, επειδή τα άκρα
µπορεί να είναι λίγο βρεγµένα: προτείνεται να τα
στεγνώσετε µε φυσικό τρόπο. Συνιστάται η εκφόρτωση
ρούχων στο άκρο του κύκλου. Προσοχή: η διαδικασία
φλούδας του µαλλιού είναι µη αναστρέψιµη. στεγνώστε
αποκλειστικά τα ρούχα µε σύµβολο (σύµβολο "ok
tumble"). Αυτό το πρόγραµµα δεν ενδείκνυται για
ακρυλικά ρούχα.
1 70'
Ενάντια στις
οσµές
Ο τέλειος κύκλος για να αφαιρέσετε τις οσµές και τις
µυρωδιές από τα κλινοσκεπάσµατα και να εξοµαλύνετε
τις τσακίσεις. 2,5 *
XXL Φόρτωση
Ειδικός κύκλος αφιερωµένος στο στέγνωµα για τα
µεγάλα κλινοσκεπάσµατα π.χ. κουρτίνες και τραπεζο-
µάντιλα. Χάρη σε µια συγκεκριµένη κίνηση του τυµπάνου τα
σεντόνια θα είναι στεγνώνουν ελαχιστοποιώντας το
µπέρδεµα, τα τσαλακώµατα και τις πτυχές.
6 Μέγιστο
220'
Σπορ
Ειδικά σχεδιασµένο για τα τεχνικά ενδύµατα για αθλη-
τισµό και γυµναστήριο, στεγνώνει απαλά µε ιδιαίτερη
προσοχή ώστε να αποφευχθεί η συρρίκνωση και η
αλλοίωση των ελαστικών ινών.
4 *
Μικρή φόρτωση Ειδικά σχεδιασµένο για οµοιόµορφο στέγνωµα για
εξαιρετικά µικρά φορτία. 2 *
Συνθετικά Για να στεγνώσετε ευαίσθητα και συνθετικά υφάσµατα
που χρειάζονται ακριβή και ειδική επεξεργασία. 4 *
Βαµβακερά
Το πρόγραµµα για τα βαµβακερά (έτοιµα για τις
κρεµάστρες) είναι το πιο αποτελεσµατικό πρόγραµµα
κατανάλωσης ενέργειας. Κατάλληλο για βαµβακερά και λινά.
Πλήρες *
Πουκάµισα
Αυτός ο συγκεκριµένος κύκλος έχει σχεδιαστεί για να
στεγνώνει τα πουκάµισα ελαχιστοποιώντας το τσαλάκωµα
και τις τσακίσεις χάρη στις συγκεκριµένες κινήσεις του
τυµπάνου. Συνιστάται να αφαιρείτε τα κλινοσκεπάσµατα
αµέσως µετά τον κύκλο στεγνώµατος.
2,5 *
Θέση που πρέπει να επιλέξετε όταν θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε τον τηλεχειρισµό µέσω της
εφαρµογής (µέσω Wi-Fi). Για περισσότερες λεπτοµέρειες, ανατρέξτε στην παράγραφο One
Fi Extra.
* Η πραγµατική διάρκεια του κύκλου στεγνώµατος εξαρτάται από την αρχική στάθµη υγρασίας του ρούχου λόγω της ταχύτητας
περιστροφής, του τύπου και της ποσότητας φορτίου, της καθαρότητας των φίλτρων και της θερµοκρασίας περιβάλλοντος.
8.
ΕΠΙΛΟΓΗ ΤΟΥ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΟΣ
ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ ΚΑΙ ΣΥΜΒΑΤΟΤΗΤΑ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΩΝ
ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ
ΕΠΙΛΕΞΙΜΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Καθυστερηµένη
έναρξη
Επιλογή
στεγνώµατος
Γρήγορος κύκλος
Επιλογή ώρας
Προφύλαξη
τσάκισης
Μνήµη (Σηµείωση)
Ολική Φροντίδα
Μαύρα & Χρωµατιστά
Λευκά
Τζιν
Αθλητικά παπούτσια
Αντιαλλεργικό
Μάλλινα
Ενάντια στις οσµές
Συνθετικά
Βαµβακερά
Πουκάµισα
ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται
13 14
5
7 7
8 9 411
ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµείνει
µµένη.
µένετε ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
µατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου στυψί
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµ
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µ
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγραµµα
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµ
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6)
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Οι ενδεικτικές
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
έναρξη λειτουργίας Σε αυτή την
πόρτα
πιέστε πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
επιλέξατε
σίγουροι ότι τώρα έχετε ένα
που θα σας επιτρέπει να
πλένετε χωρίς άγχος καθη ερινή πουγάδα
και
Καταχωρείστε σας στο
www.registercandy.com γρήγορη
πρόσβαση στις συµπληρωµατικές παροχές που
αφορούν µόνο στους πιο πιστούς πελάτες.
Διαβάστε οδηγιών
αυτό εξασφαλίσετε την
σωστή και συσκευής
θα γνωρίσετε και τους τρόπους για την
αποτελεσµατική συντήρηση της.
Βάλτε σε λειτουργία τη συσκευή
αφού διαβάσετε προσεκτικά τις οδηγίες
χρήσεως. Φυλάξτε το βιβλίο οδηγιών για να
µβουλεύστε όποτε παραστεί ανάγκη
και για να το δώσετε αν χρειαστεί στους
ενους ιδιοκτήτες.
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η συσκευή συνοδεύεται από
βιβλίο οδηγιών, το πιστοποιητικό
εγγύησης, το κατάλογο µε τα σηµεία τεχνικής
υποστήριξης και την ενεργειακή ετικέτα.
Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η συσκευή συνοδεύεται
τις τάπες, το U τη στήριξη του
σωλήνα αποχέτευσης και το δοχείο για υγρό
ορρυπαντικό (σε µερικά µοντέλα) Φυλάξτε
αυτά τα εξαρτήµατα.
συσκευή φέρει 16ψηφιο αριθµό ο
οποίος ονο παραγωγής, ο
ός είναι
ετικέτα επάνω ) ή
φάκελο βρείτε στο
της είναι
η
αναγνωριστική συσκευής
και
µεύει για την του προϊόντος
στις επαφές σας µε τα κέντρα τεχνικής
υποστήριξης Candy.
Αυτή ησυσκευή έχει σήµανση σύµφωνα
ρυπογόνες ουσίες (
µπορεί να προκαλέσουν αρνητικές συνέπειες
για το περιβάλλον) και βασικά εξαρτήµατα
(που µπορούν να ξαναχρησιµοποιηθούν). Είναι
σηµαντικό να υποβάλουµε τα ΑΗΗΕ σε ειδική
επεξεργασία,
προκειµένου να αφαιρούνται και
εναποθέτονται σωστά όλες οι ρυπογόνες ουσίες
και να διατηρούνται όλα τα ανακυκλώσιµα υλικά
Οι ιδιώτες µπορούν να διαδραµατίσουν σηµαντικό
ρόλο στη διασφάλιση ότι τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν
θα αποτελέσουν ένα περιβαλλοντικό ζήτηµ
ακολουθώντας µερικούς βασικούς κανόνες:
Τα ΑΗΗΕ δεν θα πρέπει να αντιµετωπίζονται
ως Οικιακά απόβλητα.
Τα ΑΗΗΕ θα πρέπει να παραδίδονται στα
σχετικά σηµεία περισυλλογής που διαχειρίζονται
οι δήµοι ή εγκεκριµένοι οργανισµοί. Σε πολλές
χώρες, για µεγάλα ΑΗΗΕ, διατίθεται υπηρεσία
περισυλλογής από το σπίτι.
Σε πολλές χώρες, όταν προµηθεύεστε µια νέα
συσκευή, η παλαιά µπορεί να επιστραφεί στην
πωλήτρια εταιρία όταν παραδίδει την καινούργια
χωρίς χρέωση, δεδοµένου ότι η νέα είναι
αντίστοιχη σε κατηγορία και χαρακτηριστικά µ
το παλαιά.
1. ΓΕΝΙΚΕΣ ΟΔΗΓΙΕΣ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
2. ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ
3. ΠΡΑΚΤΙΚΕΣ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΣ
4.
ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΜΟΣ
ΚΑΙ
ΣΥΝΤΗΡΗΣΗ
ΡΟΥΤΙΝΑΣ
5. ΓΡΗΓΟΡΟΣ ΟΔΗΓΟΣ ΧΡΗΣΗΣ
6. ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗΡΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ
7. ΚΥΚΛΟΣ ΣΤΕΓΝΩΜΑΤΟΣ
8. ΚΥΚΛΟΣ ΑΥΤΟΜΑΤΟΥ
ΠΛΥΣΙΜΑΤΟΣ/
9. ΑΝΤΙΜΕΤΩΠΙΣΗ
την προστασία του
περιβάλλοντος
Περιεχοµενα
117
EL
. Οι ενδεικτικές εµφανίζουν
που να
να
de
να
√ √ √ √
- -
домакински отпадък;
byly zrecyklovány. Lidé hrají důlež
√ √ √
- - -
ОЕЕО трябва да бъдат
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
problémy v rámci životního prostř
,
-
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
много страни може да има събиране от
s OEEZ by nemělo bý
√ √ √ √ √ √
,
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρ
,
του κύκλου
OEEZ by měly být př
,
του κύκλου
√ √ √
- -
който трябва да го вземе безплатно
σύνθεση του που πλένεται.
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
registrovaných podniků.
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
с
,
вид и има същите функции като
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
žte
spotřebiče vrátit starý spotřebič
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
ви
ε τον
ε τον
stejném principu jako dodané zař
√ √
- - - -
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
√ √ √
- - -
ер,
1. ОБЩИ ПРАВИЛА ЗА
√ √ √ √ √
-
като
3. ПРАКТИЧНИ СЪВЕТИ
αυτόµατα.
αυτό ατα.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
√ √ √ √
- -
5.
ЗА
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη
3.
√ √ √
- -
7. СУШЕНЕ
αντίστοιχου .
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
6.
να µε
√ √
- - - -
XXL Φόρτωση
Σπορ
Μικρή φόρτωση
√
√
Η βάση για τα παπούτσια που παρέχεται με το στεγνωτήριο, επιτρέπει
το στέγνωμα έως 4 υφασμάτινων παπουτσιών. Πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε
το φίλτρο πόρτας, αντικαθιστώντας το με την βάση. Πριν τοποθετήσετε
τα παπούτσια, αφαιρέστε τις σόλες και τοποθετήστε τις στο
στεγνωτήριο.
Τα κεντρικά άγκιστρα είναι πιο κατάλληλα για ανδρικά υποδήματα, ενώ
τα πλευρικά άγκιστρα είναι καταλληλότερα για παιδικά ή γυναικεία
παπούτσια (EU 39 ). Συνιστάται να περιστρέψετε το τύμπανο για να
ελέγξετε ότι δεν υπάρχει εμπλοκή. Εναλλακτικά, μπορείτε να
τοποθετήσετε τα δύο πλαϊνά παπούτσια με την σόλα προς τα επάνω.
118
ΡΑΦΙ ΓΙΑ ΠΑΠΟΥΤΣΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΑΘΛΗΤΙΚΑ
ONE Fi EXTRA
Αυτή η συσκευή χρησιμοποιεί την τεχνολογία
ONE Fi EXTRA που σας επιτρέπει να
χρησιμοποιείτε απομακρυσμένα τη συσκευή
μέσω της Εφαρμογής (App), χάρη στη
λειτουργία του Wi-Fi.
ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗ ΣΥΣΚΕΥΣΗΣ (ΣΤΗΝ ΕΦΑΡΜΟΓΗ)
● Κατεβάστε την Εφαρμογή Hoover Wizard
στη συσκευή σας.
Χ ρ η σ ι μ ο π ο ι ώ ν τ α ς έ ν α A n d r o i d
smartphone με τεχνολογία NFC (Near Field
Communication), η διαδικασία εγγραφής
θα είναι πολύ πιο απλή (Εύκολη Εγγραφή)·
σε αυτή την περίπτωση, όταν σας ζητηθεί
από την Εφαρμογή, ακολουθήστε τις
οδηγίες στην οθόνη της συσκευής,
ΤΟΠΟΘΕΤΗΣΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΚΑΙ ΚΡΑΤΗΣΤΕ ΤΗΝ
ΔΙΠΛΑ στο λογότυπο ONE Fi EXTRA στο
ταμπλό της συσκευής.
NOTES:
Αν δεν γνωρίζετε την θέση της NFC
κεραίας, μετακινήστε ελαφρώς το
τηλέφωνο σε μια κυκλική τροχία πάνω
από το λογότυπο ONE Fi EXTRA μέχρι
η εφαρμογή να σας επιβεβαιώσει την
σύνδεση. Για να είναι επιτυχής η
μεταφορά δεδομένων, είναι σημαντικό
να ΚΡΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΟ ΤΗΛΕΦΩΝΟ ΠΑΝΩ
Σ Τ Η Ν Π Ρ Ο Σ Ο Ψ Η Γ Ι Α Λ Ι Γ Α
ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΛΕΠΤΑ ΠΟΥ ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙ Η
ΔΙΑΔΙΚΑΣΙΑ ΜΕΤΑΔΟΣΗΣ. Ένα μήνυμα
στην συσκευή θα σας ενημερώσει για
την ολοκλήρωση της διαδικασίας και
θα σας ειδοποιήσει όταν είναι
κατάλληλη στιγμή να απομακρύνετε το
τηλέφωνο σας.
Το χονδρό κάλυμμα ή μεταλλικά
αυτοκόλλητα στο smartphone σας, θα
μπορούσαν να επηρεάσουν ή να
αποτρέψουν τη μετάδοση δεδομένων
με τα ξ ύ του υπολογιστή και του
τηλεφώνου. Εάν είναι απαραίτητο,
αφαιρέστε τα.
Η αν τ ικατά στα ση ορ ισ μ έν ων
εξαρτημάτων του smartphone (π.χ.
πίσω κάλυμμα, μπαταρία, κτλ....) με
μη αυθεντικά, μπορεί να οδηγήσει
στην αφαίρεση της κεραίας NFC.
Η Εφαρμογή Hoover Wizard είναι διαθέσιμη σε
συσκευές με λογισμικό Android και iOS, όχι
μόνο σε tablets αλλά και σε smartphones.
Ενημερωθείτε για όλες τις λειτουργίες του ONE
Fi EXTRA ρίχνοντας μια ματιά στην Εφαρμογή
σε κατάσταση DEMO.
● Ανοίξτε την Εφαρμογή, δημιουργήστε ένα
προφίλ χρήστη και εγγράψτε τη συσκευή
σύμφωνα με τις οδηγίες στην οθόνη της
συσκευής ή σύμφωνα με τον "Γρηγορες
Οδηγιες" που είναι συνημμένος στη συσκευή.
Ακολουθήστε τις οδηγίες που εμφανίζονται στο
τηλέφωνο, πλησιάζοντας πιο κοντά στο λογότυπο
ONE Fi EXTRA, στην πρόσοψη της συσκευής, όταν
αυτό ζητηθεί. Τοποθετήστε το smartphone σας,
έτσι ώστε η κεραία NFC του, να συμπίπτει με τη
θέση του λογότυπου ONE Fi EXTRA της συσκευή.
ΠΑΡΑΜΕΤΡΟΙ ΑΣΥΡΜΑΤΗΣ ΣΥΝΔΕΣΗΣ
Πρωτόκολο δικτύωσης
802.11 b/g/n
Εύρος συχνότητας
Μέγιστη Ισχύς μετάδοσης
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Παράμετρος
Χαρακτηριστικά
Ελάχιστη
Ευαισθησία Λήψης
802.11b (11 Mbps)
+18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Σημείωση: Στην περίπτωση του ανοίγματος
της πόρτας εν ώρα τηλεχειρισμού, για να
αποκατασταθεί η σύνδεση με την εφαρμογή,
κλείστε την πόρτα και πατήστε το πλήκτρο
έναρξης. Ο κύκλος θα συνεχιστεί από το
σημείο που σταμάτησε.
ΕΝΕΡΓΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΠΟΜΑΚΡΥΣΜΕΝΟΥ
ΕΛΕΓΧΟΥ (ΜΕΣΩ ΤΗΣ ΕΦΑΡΜΟΓΗΣ)
Μετά την εγγραφή της συσκευής, κάθε
φορά που θα θέλετε να τη χειριστείτε
απομακρυσμένα μέσω της Εφαρμογής, θα
πρέπει πρώτα να φορτώσετε τα άπλυτα και
το απορρυπαντικό, να κλείσετε την πόρτα
και να επιλέξετε τη θέση ONE Fi EXTRA
στη συσκευή. Από εκείνη τη στιγμή,
μπορείτε να τη χειρίζεστε μέσω των
εντολών της Εφαρμογής.
119
EL
120
9.
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ
Ποια μπορεί να είναι η αιτία για…
ο στεγνωτήριο κάνει θόρυβο…
● Απενεργοποιήστε το στεγνωτήριο και
απευθυνθείτε στην υπηρεσία Σέρβις της
GIAS για συμβουλές.
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία Φροντίδα φίλτρου
είναι αναμμένη…
● Μήπως το φίλτρο χρειάζεται καθαρισμό;
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία Άδειασμα νερού
είναι αναμμένη…
● Μήπως το δοχείο νερού χρειάζεται
άδειασμα;
ΕΞΥΠΗΡΕΤΗΣΗ ΠΕΛΑΤΩΝ
Ανταλλακτικά
Υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS
Αν εξακολουθεί να υπάρχει πρόβλημα με το
στεγνωτήριό σας μετά την ολοκλήρωση όλων
των συνιστώμενων ελέγχων, καλέστε την
υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS για συμβουλές.
Ίσως να μπορούν να σας βοηθήσουν μέσω
τηλεφώνου ή να κλείσετε κατάλληλο ραντεβού
για επίσκεψη τεχνικού βάσει των όρων της
εγγύησής σας. Ωστόσο, μπορεί να υπάρξει
χρέωση αν για τη συσκευή σας ισχύει κάποιο
από τα εξής:
● Βρεθεί ότι λειτουργεί κανονικά.
●Δεν έχει εγκατασταθεί σύμφωνα με τις
οδηγίες εγκατάστασης.
● Έχει χρησιμοποιηθεί λανθασμένα.
Χρησιμοποιείτε πάντα αυθεντικά ανταλλακτικά,
διαθέσιμα απ' ευθείας μέσω της υπηρεσίας Σέρβις
της GIAS.
Για σέρβις και επισκευές καλέστε τον τοπικό σας
τεχνικό της υπηρεσίας Σέρβις της GIAS.
Ο κατασκευαστής δεν αναλαμβάνει καμία
ευθύνη για τυπογραφικά σφάλματα στο παρόν
εγχ ει ρί δι ο. Επ ίσ ης ο κατα σκευαστής
επιφυλάσσεται του δικαιώματός του να
επιφέρει κατάλληλες τροποποιήσεις στα
προϊόντα του χωρίς την αλλαγή ουσιωδών
χαρακτηριστικών.
Προβλήματα που μπορείτε να διορθώσετε
μόνοι σας
Πριν καλέσετε την υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS για
τεχνικές συμβουλές, ελέγξτε όλη την παρακάτω
λίστα ελέγχου. Θα χρεωθείτε αν βρεθεί ότι η
συσκευή λειτουργεί ή έχει εγκατασταθεί ή
χρησιμοποιείται λανθασμένα. Αν το πρόβλημα
επιμένει μετά την ολοκλήρωση των συνιστώμενων
ελέγχων, καλέστε την υπηρεσία Σέρβις της GIAS.
Ίσως να μπορέσουν να σας βοηθήσουν μέσω
τηλεφώνου.
Πολύ μεγάλος χρόνος στεγνώματος/ ρούχα
όχι εντελώς στεγνά…
● Έχετε επιλέξει σωστό χρόνο/ πρόγραμμα
στεγνώματος;
● Μήπως τα ρούχα ήταν πολύ βρεγμένα;
Στύφτηκαν τα ρούχα καλά με το χέρι ή σε
πλυντήριο;
● Μήπως το φίλτρο χρειάζεται καθαρισμό;
● Μήπως υπερφορτώθηκε το στεγνωτήριο;
Το στεγνωτήριο δεν λειτουργεί…
● Υπάρχει κανονική παροχή ρεύματος προς το
στεγνωτήριο; Ελέγξτε με χρήση άλλης συσκευής
όπως επιτραπέζιου φωτιστικού.
● Έχει συνδεθεί σωστά το φις στην παροχή
ρεύματος δικτύου;
● Μήπως υπάρχει διακοπή ρεύματος;
● Μήπως έχει καεί η ασφάλεια;
● Είναι καλά κλεισμένη η πόρτα;
● Έχει ενεργοποιηθεί το στεγνωτήριο, τόσο στην
παροχή ρεύματος όσο και στο μηχάνημα;
● Έχει επιλεγεί ο χρόνος στεγνώματος ή το
πρόγραμμα;
● Έχει ενεργοποιηθεί πάλι η συσκευή μετά το
άνοιγμα της πόρτας;
БЕЗЖИЧНИ ПАРАМЕТРИ
Безжичен Стнадарт
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A и NFC Forum Type 4
Честотна лента
Граници на
магнитното поле
13,553-13,567 MHz (честотна 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (на10 метра)
Параметър
Specifications
С това Candy Hoover Group ООД
декларира че този уред маркиран
с е в съответствие с основните
изисквания на директивата 2014/53/ ЕС.
За да получите копие от декларацията
за съответствие, моля, свържете се с
производителя на адрес:
www.candy-group.com
40012992
Energy Capacity Time
7 8 9 10
A++ A++ A++ A++
kWh 2,24 2,50 2,75 3,10
Mn. 250 280 330 379
kWh 2,00 2,20 2,40 2,73
Mn. 230 250 300 336
kWh 1,72 1,94 2,18 2,48
Mn. 202 225 260 305
kWh 0,98 1,08 1,15 1,18
Mn. 113 133 149 152
kWh 1,35 1,55 1,74 1,98
Mn. 160 180 210 244
Capacty (kg)
Class
11
A++
3,45
458
3,04
403
2,76
366
1,21
169
2,21
293
Whites
Whites
Cotton
Cotton ½
Whites
Energy
Tme
Energy
Tme
Energy
Tme
Energy
Tme
Energy
Tme